Daikin VRV3 PDF

Si34 - 603
Service Manual /
R-410A RX(Y)MQ4·5·6PVE
RX(Y)MQ4·5·6PVE
R-410A
Heat Pump 50/60Hz
Si34-603
Cooling Only 50/60Hz
July
Printed in Japan 07/2006 AK

Si34-603
R-410A
Heat Pump / Cooling Only
50/60Hz
1. Introduction .............................................................................................v
1.1 Safety Cautions ........................................................................................v
1.2 PREFACE ............................................................................................... ix
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 5

1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10
Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts............................ 35

1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................36
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................36
1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................37
Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 43

1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................44
1.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P .................................................................................44
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................46
2.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P .................................................................................46
Part 5 Function............................................................................ 47
1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................48
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................49
2.1 Normal Operation ...................................................................................49
2.2 Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51
2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52
3. Special Control......................................................................................53
3.1 Startup Control .......................................................................................53
3.2 Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54
3.3 Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56
3.4 Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57
3.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................58
3.6 Stopping Operation ................................................................................59
Table of Contents i
Si34-603
4. Protection Control .................................................................................60

4.1 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61
4.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62
4.4 Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63
5. Other Control.........................................................................................64
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65
6.1 Drain Pump Control................................................................................65
6.2 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67
6.3 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................68
6.4 Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70
6.5 View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71
6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72
6.7 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72
Part 6 Test Operation ................................................................. 73

1. Test Operation ......................................................................................74
1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................74
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................77
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................78
3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................79
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller .....................................................79
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit..............................................................92
Part 7 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 111

1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................113
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................116
2.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................116
2.2 Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................117
2.3 Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................118
2.4 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................120
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................121
2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................123
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................130
3.1 “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................130
3.2 “A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect.........................................................131
3.3 “A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H) ......132
3.4 “A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................134
3.5 “A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (MA) .......................135
3.6 “A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (20E) ........................................................137
3.7 “AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit..............................................139
3.8 “AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........140
3.9 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T)
for Heat Exchanger ..............................................................................141
3.10 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes..........142
3.11 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........143
ii Table of Contents
Si34-603
3.12 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............144

3.13 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor
in Remote Controller ............................................................................145
3.14 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect ......................................................146
3.15 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch ..........................147
3.16 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ..........................149
3.17 “E5” Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................151
3.18 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................152
3.19 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................153
3.20 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ..................155
3.21 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................156
3.22 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air.....157
3.23 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) ....158
3.24 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................159
3.25 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................160
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................161
3.27 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger
Gas Pipe Thermistor (R6T) ..................................................................162
3.28 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................163
3.29 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor.......................164
3.30 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................165
3.31 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................166
3.32 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................167
3.33 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................168
3.34 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error..............................................169
3.35 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter
and Control PC Board ..........................................................................170
3.36 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit ...171
3.37 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................172
3.38 “UO” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage
or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure..................................................173
3.39 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................175
3.40 “U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................177
3.41 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................178
3.42 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................180
3.43 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................181
3.44 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................182
3.45 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................184
3.46 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller ........................185
3.47 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................186
3.48 “UF” System is not Set yet .....................................................................188
3.49 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined...189
Table of Contents iii
Si34-603
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized

Remote Controller ...............................................................................190
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote
Controller and Indoor Unit ....................................................................190
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................191
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................192
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting ..........................................195
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller.......196
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................196
5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................198
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................201
Part 8 Appendix......................................................................... 205

1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................206
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................206
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................207
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................210
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................210
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................212
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................213
3. Option List ...........................................................................................226
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................226
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................228
4. Example of Connection .......................................................................229
5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................231
6. Pressure Sensor .................................................................................233
7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........234
Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 237

1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................238
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................238
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................240
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................241
Index ............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ............................................................... iii
iv Table of Contents
Si34-603 Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1 Safety Cautions
Cautions and Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warnings The caution items are classified into “ Warning” and “ Caution”. The “ Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “ Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
v
Introduction Si34-603
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard For integral units
installation frame. only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a For integral units
window frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vi
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
vii
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons

Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List

Icon Type of Description
Information
Note A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
Caution an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
viii
1.2 PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2006 VRVIII-S series Heat Pump / Cooling
Only System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII-S series R-410A
Heat Pump / Cooling Only System.
July, 2006
After Sales Service Division
ix
x
Si34-603
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2

2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
General Information 1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units Si34-603
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

*Indoor Units
Type Model Name Power Supply
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type FXCQ 20M 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M — 125M
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type FXFQ — 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M 100M 125M
(Multi Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner FXKQ — 25MA 32MA 40MA — 63MA — — —
Type
FXDQ-
PVE 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —
FXDQ- 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —

Slim Ceiling PVET
Mounted Duct
Type FXDQ-
NAVE 20NA 25NA 32NA 40NA 50NA 63NA — — —
FXDQ-
NVET 20N 25N 32N 40N 50N 63N — — — VE *1
Ceiling Mounted FXSQ 20M 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M 100M 125M
Built-In Type
Ceiling Mounted FXMQ — — — 40MA 50MA 63MA 80MA 100MA 125MA

Duct Type
Ceiling Suspended FXHQ — — 32MA — — 63MA — 100MA —

Type
Wall Mounted FXAQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Type
Floor Standing FXLQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Type
Concealed Floor FXNQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Standing Type
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type FXUQ — — — — — — 71MA 100MA 125MA V1
Connection Unit
BEVQ- — — — — — — 71MA 100MA 125MA VE *1
M(A)
Note:FXDQ has following 2 Series, as shown below.
FXDQ-P, N(A)VET: without Drain Pump (For General, Asia: except for EU, China and Australia)
FXDQ-P, N(A)VE: with Drain Pump
BEV unit is required for each indoor unit.
*1 VE:1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz, 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
V1:1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
Outdoor Units
Series Model Name Power Supply
Heat Pump RXYMQ 4P 5P 6P VE *2

Inverter
Cooling Only RXMQ 4P 5P 6P VE *2
*2 VE: 1φ, 220~230V, 50Hz, 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
2 General Information
Si34-603 External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1 Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow) Ceiling Suspended Type
FXCQ20M FXHQ32MA
FXCQ25M FXHQ63MA
FXCQ32M FXHQ100MA
FXCQ40M
FXCQ50M
FXCQ63M
FXCQ80M
FXCQ125M
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow) Wall Mounted Type
FXFQ25M FXAQ20MA
FXFQ32M FXAQ25MA
FXFQ40M FXAQ32MA
FXFQ50M FXAQ40MA
FXFQ63M FXAQ50MA
FXFQ80M FXAQ63MA
FXFQ100M
FXFQ125M
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type Floor Standing Type
FXKQ25MA FXLQ20MA
FXKQ32MA FXLQ25MA
FXKQ40MA FXLQ32MA
FXKQ63MA FXLQ40MA
FXLQ50MA
FXLQ63MA
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type Concealed Floor Standing Type

FXDQ20P FXDQ20N(A) FXNQ20MA
FXDQ40N(A) FXNQ40MA
FXDQ50N(A) FXNQ50MA
FXDQ63N(A) FXNQ63MA
with Drain Pump (VE)
without Drain Pump (VET)
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type

(Connection Unit Series)
FXSQ20M
FXSQ25M FXUQ71MA + BEVQ71MA
FXSQ50M
FXSQ63M Connection Unit
FXSQ80M
FXSQ100M
FXSQ125M
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXMQ40MA
FXMQ50MA
FXMQ63MA
FXMQ80MA
FXMQ100MA
FXMQ125MA
General Information 3
Capacity Range Si34-603
3. Capacity Range
Outdoor Units
Capacity Range 4HP 5HP 6HP
RX(Y)MQ 4P 5P 6P
No of Indoor
Units to be 6 8 9
Connected
Total Capacity
Index of Indoor 50~130 62.5~162.5 70~182
Units to be
Connected
Indoor Units
Capacity Range 0.8HP 1HP 1.25HP 1.6HP 2HP 2.5HP 3.2HP 4HP 5HP
Capacity Index 20 25 31.25 40 50 62.5 80 100 125
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type FXCQ 20M 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M — 125M
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type FXFQ — 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M 100M 125M
(Multi Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type FXKQ — 25MA 32MA 40MA — 63MA — — —
FXDQ- 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —

PVE
FXDQ-
PVET 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXDQ-
NAVE 20NA 25NA 32NA 40NA 50NA 63NA — — —
FXDQ- 20N 25N 32N 40N 50N 63N — — —

NVET
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type FXSQ 20M 25M 32M 40M 50M 63M 80M 100M 125M
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type FXMQ — — — 40MA 50MA 63MA 80MA 100MA 125MA
Ceiling Suspended
Type FXHQ — — 32MA — — 63MA — 100MA —
Wall Mounted Type FXAQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —
Floor Standing Type FXLQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —
Concealed Floor
Standing Type FXNQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type FXUQ — — — — — — 71MA 100MA 125MA
Note:FXDQ has following 2 Series, as shown below.

FXDQ-P, NVET: without Drain Pump (For General, Asia: except for EU, China and Australia)
FXDQ-P, NAVE: with Drain Pump
4 General Information
Si34-603
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10
Specifications 5
Specifications Si34-603
1. Specifications
1.1 Outdoor Units
Heat Pump 50/60Hz <RXYMQ-PVE>
Model Name RXYMQ4PVE RXYMQ5PVE
kcal / h 9,600 12,000
1 Cooling Capacity Btu / h 38,200 47,800
kW 11.2 14.0
kcal / h 10,800 13,800
2 Heating Capacity Btu / h 42,700 54,600
kW 12.5 16.0
Casing Color Ivory White Ivory White
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 1,345×900×320 1,345×900×320
Heat Exchanger Cross Fin Coil Cross Fin Coil
Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement m³/h 19.36 19.36
Comp. Number of Revolutions r.p.m 6,480 6,480
Motor Output×Number kW 2.5×1 3.0×1
of Units
Starting Method Direct on line Direct on line
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Motor Output W 70×2 70×2
Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min 106 106
Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive
Connecting Liquid Pipe mm φ9.5 (Flare Connection) φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe mm φ15.9 (Flare Connection) φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Machine Weight kg 125 125
Safety Devices High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Defrost Method Reverse cycle defrosting Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control % 24~100 24~100
Refrigerant Name R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant Charge kg 4.0 4.0
Control Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
Refrigerator DAPHNE FVC68D DAPHNE FVC68D
Oil Charge Volume L 1.5 1.5
Standard Accessories Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps
Drawing No. C: 4D052608
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m. kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
2 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference cfm=m³/min×35.3
: 0m.
6 Specifications
Si34-603 Specifications
Model Name RXYMQ6PVE

kcal / h 13,300
1 Cooling Capacity Btu / h 52,900
kW 15.5
kcal / h 15,500
2 Heating Capacity Btu / h 61,400
kW 18.0
Casing Color Ivory White
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 1,345×900×320
Heat Exchanger Cross Fin Coil
Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement m³/h 19.36
Comp. Number of Revolutions r.p.m 6,480
Motor Output×Number kW 3.5×1
of Units
Starting Method Direct on line
Type Propeller Fan
Motor Output W 70×2
Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min 106
Drive Direct Drive
Connecting Liquid Pipe mm φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe mm φ19.1 (Brazing Connection)
Machine Weight kg 125
Safety Devices High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Defrost Method Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control % 24~100
Refrigerant Name R-410A
Refrigerant Charge kg 4.0
Control Electronic Expansion Valve
Refrigerator DAPHNE FVC68D
Oil Charge Volume L 1.5
Standard Accessories Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps,
Auxiliary Piping
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
2 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference cfm=m³/min×35.3
: 0m.
Specifications 7
Cooling Only 50/60Hz <RXMQ-PVE>

Model Name RXMQ4PVE RXMQ5PVE
kcal / h 9,600 12,000
1 Cooling Capacity Btu / h 38,200 47,800
kW 11.2 14.0
Casing Color Ivory White Ivory White
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 1,345×900×320 1,345×900×320
Heat Exchanger Cross Fin Coil Cross Fin Coil
Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement m³/h 19.36 19.36
Comp. Number of Revolutions r.p.m 6,480 6,480
Motor Output×Number kW 2.5×1 3.0×1
of Units
Starting Method Direct on line Direct on line
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Motor Output W 70×2 70×2
Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min 106 106
Connecting Liquid Pipe mm φ9.5 (Flare Connection) φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe mm φ15.9 (Flare Connection) φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Machine Weight kg 125 125
Safety Devices High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Defrost Method Reverse cycle defrosting Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control % 24~100 24~100
Refrigerant Name R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant Charge kg 4.0 4.0
Control Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
Refrigerator DAPHNE FVC68D DAPHNE FVC68D
Oil Charge Volume L 1.5 1.5
Standard Accessories Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
8 Specifications
Model Name RXMQ6PVE

kcal / h 13,300
1 Cooling Capacity Btu / h 52,900
kW 15.5
Casing Color Ivory White
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 1,345×900×320
Heat Exchanger Cross Fin Coil
Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement m³/h 19.36
Comp. Number of Revolutions r.p.m 6,480
Motor Output×Number kW 3.5×1
of Units
Starting Method Direct on line
Type Propeller Fan
Motor Output W 70×2
Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min 106
Drive Direct Drive
Connecting Liquid Pipe mm φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe mm φ19.1 (Brazing Connection)
Machine Weight kg 125
Safety Devices High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Defrost Method Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control % 24~100
Refrigerant Name R-410A
Refrigerant Charge kg 4.0
Control Electronic Expansion Valve
Refrigerator DAPHNE FVC68D
Oil Charge Volume L 1.5
Standard Accessories Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps,
Auxiliary Piping
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications 9
1.2 Indoor Units

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
Model FXCQ20MVE FXCQ25MVE FXCQ32MVE FXCQ40MVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200 4,000
1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB) Btu/h 7,800 9,900 12,600 16,000
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7 4.7
2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB) kW 2.2 2.8 3.6 4.5
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400 4,300
3 Heating Capacity Btu/h 8,500 10,900 13,600 17,100
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Casing Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 305×775×600 305×775×600 305×775×600 305×990×600
Coil (Cross Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch mm 2×10×1.5 2×10×1.5 2×10×1.5 2×10×1.5
Fin Coil) Face Area m² 2×0.100 2×0.100 2×0.100 2×0.145
Model D17K2AA1 D17K2AB1 D17K2AB1 2D17K1AA1
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
Motor Output × Number W 10×1 15×1 15×1 20×1
Fan of Units
m³/min 7/5 9/6.5 9/6.5 12/9
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 247/177 318/230 318/230 424/318
Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive
Temperature Control Microprocessor Thermostat Microprocessor Thermostat Microprocessor Thermostat Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating for Cooling and Heating for Cooling and Heating for Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Liquid Pipes mm φ6.4 (Flare Connection) φ6.4 (Flare Connection) φ6.4 (Flare Connection) φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Piping Gas Pipes mm φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Connections VP25 VP25 VP25 VP25
Drain Pipe mm
( External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25 ) ( External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25 )
Machine Weight (Mass) kg 26 26 26 31
5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V) dBA 32/27 34/28 34/28 34/29
Safety Devices Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor Fan Motor Fan Motor Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
Connectable outdoor unit R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series
Model BYBC32G-W1 BYBC32G-W1 BYBC32G-W1 BYBC50G-W1
Panel Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Decoration Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 53×1,030×680 53×1,030×680 53×1,030×680 53×1,245×680
Panels
(Option) Resin Net Resin Net Resin Net Resin Net
Air Filter (with Mold Resistant) (with Mold Resistant) (with Mold Resistant) (with Mold Resistant)
Weight kg 8 8 8 8.5
Operation Manual, Operation Manual, Operation Manual, Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper Installation Manual, Paper Installation Manual, Paper Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging
Standard Accessories Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Drawing No. 3D039413
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m. kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
10 Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)

Model FXCQ50MVE FXCQ63MVE FXCQ80MVE FXCQ125MVE
kcal/h 5,000 6,300 8,000 12,500
kW 5.8 7.3 9.3 14.5
kcal/h 5,400 6,900 8,600 13,800
kW 6.3 8.0 10.0 16.0
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 305×990×600 305×1,175×600 305×1,665×600 305×1,665×600
Fin Coil) Face Area m² 2×0.145 2×0.184 2×0.287 2×0.287
Model 2D17K1AA1 2D17K2AA1VE 3D17K2AA1 3D17K2AB1
Fan of Units
m³/min 12/9 16.5/13 26/21 33/25
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 424/318 582/459 918/741 1,165/883
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Drain Pipe mm External Dia. 32 External Dia. 32 External Dia. 32 External Dia. 32
(Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (
Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 )
5 Sound Level (H/L) dBA 34/29 37/32 39/34 44/38
Safety Devices Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fuse, Thermal Protector for
Fan Motor Fan Motor Fan Motor Fan Motor
Model BYBC50G-W1 BYBC63G-W1 BYBC125G-W1 BYBC125G-W1
Panels
Weight kg 8.5 9.5 12 12
Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation, Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging Washer for Hanging
Standard Accessories Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal, Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads, Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
Specifications 11
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)

Model FXFQ25MVE FXFQ32MVE FXFQ40MVE FXFQ50MVE
kcal/h 2,500 3,200 4,000 5,000
kW 2.9 3.7 4.7 5.8
kcal/h 2,800 3,400 4,300 5,400
kW 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.3
Fin Coil) Face Area m² 0.363 0.363 0.363 0.363
Model QTS46D14M QTS46D14M QTS46D14M QTS46D14M
Type Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan
Fan of Units
m³/min 13/10 13/10 15/11 16/11
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 459/353 459/353 530/388 565/388
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form
(
Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (
Internal Dia. 25 )
Safety Devices Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse
Model BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1
Decoration Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 45×950×950 45×950×950 45×950×950 45×950×950
Panels
Weight kg 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Operation manual, Operation manual, Operation manual, Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain
Standard Accessories hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting. for fitting. for fitting. for fitting.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
12 Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)

Model FXFQ63MVE FXFQ80MVE FXFQ100MVE FXFQ125MVE
kcal/h 6,300 8,000 10,000 12,500
kW 7.3 9.3 11.6 14.5
kcal/h 6,900 8,600 10,800 13,800
kW 8.0 10.0 12.5 16.0
Model QTS46D14M QTS46D14M QTS46C17M QTS46C17M
Type Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan
Fan of Units
m³/min 18.5/14 20/15 26/21 30/24
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 653/494 706/530 918/741 1,059/847
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form Polyurethane Form
(Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (
Internal Dia. 25 )
Safety Devices Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse
Model BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1 BYCP125D-W1
Decoration Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 45×950×950 45×950×950 45×950×950 45×950×950
Panels
Weight kg 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Operation manual, Operation manual, Operation manual, Operation manual,
Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper Installation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain pattern for installation, Drain
Standard Accessories hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer hose, Clamp metal, Washer
fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads, fixing plate, Sealing pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for Clamps, Screws, Washer for
hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation hanging bracket, Insulation
for fitting. for fitting. for fitting. for fitting.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
Specifications 13
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type

Model FXKQ25MAVE FXKQ32MAVE FXKQ40MAVE FXKQ63MAVE
kcal/h 2,500 3,200 4,000 6,300
kW 2.9 3.7 4.7 7.3
kcal/h 2,800 3,400 4,300 6,900
kW 3.2 4.0 5.0 8.0
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 215×1,110×710 215×1,110×710 215×1,110×710 215×1,310×710
Model 3D12H1AN1V1 3D12H1AN1V1 3D12H1AP1V1 4D12H1AJ1V1
Fan of Units
m³/min 11/9 11/9 13/10 18/15
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 388/318 388/318 459/353 635/530
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Polyethylene Foam Polyethylene Foam Polyethylene Foam Polyethylene Foam
(
Internal Dia. 25 ) (
Internal Dia. 25 )
Safety Devices Fuse, Fuse, Fuse, Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Connectable Outdoor Units R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series
Model BYK45FJW1 BYK45FJW1 BYK45FJW1 BYK71FJW1
Panels
Weight kg 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.5
Pattern for Installation, Drain Pattern for Installation, Drain Pattern for Installation, Drain Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal,
Standard Accessories Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws, Pads, Clamps, Screws, Pads, Clamps, Screws, Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for Washers, Positioning Jig for Washers, Positioning Jig for Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for Installation, Insulation for Installation, Insulation for Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad. Blocking Pad. Blocking Pad. Blocking Pad.
Drawing No. 3D038813A
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1m in front of the unit and 1m downward.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
14 Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)

Model FXDQ20NAVE FXDQ25NAVE FXDQ32NAVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB) Btu/h 7,800 9,900 12,600
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB) kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
3 Heating Capacity Btu/h 8,500 10,900 13,600
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Casing Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 200×900×620 200×900×620 200×900×620
Coil (Cross Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch mm 2×12×1.5 2×12×1.5 2×12×1.5
Fin Coil) Face Area m² 0.176 0.176 0.176
Model — — —
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
Motor Output × Number W 62×1 62×1 62×1
Fan of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L) m³/min 9.5/7.5 9.5/7.5 10.5/8.5
External Static Pressure Pa 44-15 5 44-15 5 44-15 5
Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive Direct Drive
Temperature Control Microprocessor Thermostat Microprocessor Thermostat Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating for Cooling and Heating for Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene
Air Filter Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes mm φ6.4 (Flare Connection) φ6.4 (Flare Connection) φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Piping Gas Pipes mm φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Connections
Drain Pipe mm VP20 VP20 VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20) (External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20) (External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Machine Weight (Mass) kg 26 26 26
6 Sound Level (H/L) dBA 33/29 33/29 33/29
Safety Devices Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual, Operation Manual, Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty, Installation Manual, Warranty, Installation Manual, Warranty,
Standard Accessories Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting, Washers, Insulation for Fitting, Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate, Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
Btu/h=kW×3412
2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Specifications 15
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)

Model FXDQ40NAVE FXDQ50NAVE FXDQ63NAVE
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Casing Color Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
Model — — —
Fan of Units
Connections
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
5dBA.
16 Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)

Model FXDQ20NVET FXDQ25NVET FXDQ32NVET
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Model — — —
Fan of Units
Connections
Installation Manual, Installation Manual, Installation Manual,
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
5dBA.
Specifications 17
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)

Model FXDQ40NVET FXDQ50NVET FXDQ63NVET
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Model — — —
Fan of Units
Connections
Installation Manual, Installation Manual, Installation Manual,
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
5dBA.
18 Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (PVE: with Drain Pump PVET: without Drain Pump)
Model FXDQ20PVE FXDQ25PVE FXDQ32PVE
FXDQ20PVET FXDQ25PVET FXDQ32PVET
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Model — — —
Fan of Units
Connections
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
5dBA.
Specifications 19
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type

Model FXSQ20MVE FXSQ25MVE FXSQ32MVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Model D18H3A D18H3A D18H3A
Motor Output × Number of W 50×1 50×1 50×1
Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L) m³/min 9/6.5 9/6.5 9.5/7
4 External static Pa 88-39-20 88-39-20 64-39-15
pressure
Temperature Control Microprocessor Thermostat for Microprocessor Thermostat for Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating Cooling and Heating Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Fiber Glass Fiber Glass Fiber
Air Filter Resin Net (with Mold Resistant) Resin Net (with Mold Resistant) Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Connections
6 Sound Level (H/L) (220V) dBA 37/32 37/32 38/32
Safety Devices Fuse, Fuse, Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Connectable outdoor unit R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series
Model BYBS32DJW1 BYBS32DJW1 BYBS32DJW1
Decoration Panel Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Panel
(Option) Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 55×650×500 55×650×500 55×650×500
Weight kg 3 3 3
Operation Manual, Installation Operation Manual, Installation Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation, Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation, Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Standard Accessories Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Screws, Washers. Screws, Washers. Screws, Washers.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
5 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
6 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
20 Specifications

kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 300×700×800 300×700×800 300×1,000×800
Model D18H2A D18H2A 2D18H2A
Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L) m³/min 11.5/9 15/11 21/15.5
4 External static Pa 88-49-20 88-59-29 88-49-20
pressure
Connections
Panel
(Option) Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 55×800×500 55×800×500 55×1,100×500
Weight kg 3.5 3.5 4.5
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
Specifications 21

kcal/h 8,000 10,000 12,500
kW 9.3 11.6 14.5
kcal/h 8,600 10,800 13,800
kW 10.0 12.5 16.0
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 300×1,400×800 300×1,400×800 300×1,400×800
Model 3D18H2A 3D18H2A 3D18H2A
Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L) m³/min 27/21.5 28/22 38/28
4 External static Pa 113-82 107-75 78-39
pressure
Connections
Panel
(Option) Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 55×1,500×500 55×1,500×500 55×1,500×500
Weight kg 6.5 6.5 6.5
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
means
“High static pressure-Standard”.
22 Specifications

Model FXMQ40MAVE FXMQ50MAVE FXMQ63MAVE FXMQ80MAVE
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300 8,000
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3 9.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900 8,600
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0
Model D11/2D3AB1VE D11/2D3AB1VE D11/2D3AB1VE D11/2D3AA1VE
of Units
Fan m³/min 14/11.5 14/11.5 14/11.5 19.5/16
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 494/406 494/406 494/406 688/565
External Static Pa 157/157-118/108 4 157/157-118/108 4 157/157-118/108 4 157/160-108/98 4
Pressure 50 / 60Hz
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Fiber Glass Fiber Glass Fiber Glass Fiber
Air Filter 5 5 5 5
(Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 ) (
Internal Dia. 25 )
Safety Devices Fuse, Fuse, Fuse, Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Installation Manual, Drain Installation Manual, Drain Installation Manual, Drain Installation Manual, Drain
Standard Accessories Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal, Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws. Pads, Clamps, Screws. Pads, Clamps, Screws. Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
5 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Specifications 23

Model FXMQ100MAVE FXMQ125MAVE
kcal/h 10,000 12,500
1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB) Btu/h 39,600 49,500
kW 11.6 14.5
2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB) kW 11.2 14.0
kcal/h 10,800 13,800
3 Heating Capacity Btu/h 42,700 54,600
kW 12.5 16.0
Casing Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 390×1,110×690 390×1,110×690
Coil (Cross Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch mm 3×16×2.0 3×16×2.0
Fin Coil) Face Area m² 0.319 0.319
Model 2D11/2D3AG1VE 2D11/2D3AF1VE
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
Motor Output × Number W 270×1 430×1
of Units
Fan m³/min 29/23 36/29
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 1,024/812 1,271/1,024
External Static Pa 157/172-98/98 4 191/245-152/172 4
Pressure 50 / 60Hz
Temperature Control Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Fiber Glass Fiber
Air Filter 5 5
Liquid Pipes mm φ9.5 (Flare Connection) φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Piping Gas Pipes mm φ15.9 (Flare Connection) φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Connections VP25 VP25
Drain Pipe mm External Dia. 32 External Dia. 32
(Internal Dia. 25 ) (Internal Dia. 25 )
Machine Weight (Mass) kg 63 65
7 Sound Level (H/L) dBA 43/39 45/42
Safety Devices Fuse, Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
Connectable outdoor unit R-410A P Series R-410A P Series
Standard Accessories Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp
Metal, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws. Metal, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
5 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
24 Specifications
Ceiling Suspended Type

Model FXHQ32MAVE FXHQ63MAVE FXHQ100MAVE
kcal/h 3,200 6,300 10,000
kW 3.7 7.3 11.6
kcal/h 3,400 6,900 10,800
kW 4.0 8.0 12.5
Casing Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 195×960×680 195×1,160×680 195×1,400×680
Model 3D12K1AA1 4D12K1AA1 3D12K2AA1
Fan of Units
m³/min 12/10 17.5/14 25/19.5
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 424/353 618/494 883/688
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Wool Glass Wool Glass Wool
Connections
Standard Accessories Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation, Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation, Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers. for Fitting, Clamps, Washers. for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
Specifications 25
Wall Mounted Type

Model FXAQ20MAVE FXAQ25MAVE FXAQ32MAVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Casing Color White (3.0Y8.5/10.5) White (3.0Y8.5/10.5) White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
Model QCL9661M QCL9661M QCL9661M
Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
Fan of Units
m³/min 7.5/4.5 8/5 9/5.5
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 265/159 282/177 318/194
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Foamed Polystyrene / Foamed Polystyrene / Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene
Air Filter Resin Net (Washable) Resin Net (Washable) Resin Net (Washable)
Connections
Safety Devices Fuse Fuse Fuse
Standard Accessories Manual, Installation Panel, Paper Manual, Installation Panel, Paper Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation Pattern for Installation, Insulation Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws. Tape, Clamps, screws. Tape, Clamps, screws.
Drawing No. 3D039370B
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length:7.5m, level cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
26 Specifications
Wall Mounted Type

Model FXAQ40MAVE FXAQ50MAVE FXAQ63MAVE
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Casing Color White (3.0Y8.5/10.5) White (3.0Y8.5/10.5) White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
Model QCL9686M QCL9686M QCL9686M
Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
Fan of Units
m³/min 12/9 15/12 19/14
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 424/318 530/424 671/494
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Foamed Polystyrene / Foamed Polystyrene / Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene Foamed Polyethylene
Air Filter Resin Net (Washable) Resin Net (Washable) Resin Net (Washable)
Connections
Safety Devices Fuse Fuse Fuse
Standard Accessories Manual, Installation Panel, Paper Manual, Installation Panel, Paper Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation Pattern for Installation, Insulation Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws. Tape, Clamps, screws. Tape, Clamps, screws.
Drawing No. 3D039370B
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
Btu/h=kW×3412
difference: 0m.
Specifications 27
Floor Standing Type

Model FXLQ20MAVE FXLQ25MAVE FXLQ32MAVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Casing Color Ivory White (5Y7.5/1) Ivory White (5Y7.5/1) Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Model D14B20 D14B20 2D14B13
Fan of Units
m³/min 7/6 7/6 8/6
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 247/212 247/212 282/212
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Piping φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection) φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Connections Gas Pipes mm
Drain Pipe mm φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride) φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride) φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
Connectable Outdoor Unit R-410A P Series R-410A P Series R-410A P Series
Standard Accessories Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers, Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers, Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw. Level Adjustment Screw. Level Adjustment Screw.
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
28 Specifications
Floor Standing Type

Model FXLQ40MAVE FXLQ50MAVE FXLQ63MAVE
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Casing Color Ivory White (5Y7.5/1) Ivory White (5Y7.5/1) Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Model 2D14B13 2D14B20 2D14B20
Fan of Units
m³/min 11/8.5 14/11 16/12
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 388/300 494/388 565/424
Connections
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
Specifications 29
Concealed Floor Standing Type

Model FXNQ20MAVE FXNQ25MAVE FXNQ32MAVE
kcal/h 2,000 2,500 3,200
kW 2.3 2.9 3.7
kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Dimensions: (H×W×D) mm 610×930×220 610×930×220 610×1,070×220
Model D14B20 D14B20 2D14B13
Fan of Units
m³/min 7/6 7/6 8/6
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 247/212 247/212 282/212
Connections
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
30 Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Type

Model FXNQ40MAVE FXNQ50MAVE FXNQ63MAVE
kcal/h 4,000 5,000 6,300
kW 4.7 5.8 7.3
kcal/h 4,300 5,400 6,900
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Model 2D14B13 2D14B20 2D14B20
Fan of Units
m³/min 11/8.5 14/11 16/12
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 388/300 494/388 565/424
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Connections
Notes:
Conversion Formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3
difference: 0m.
Specifications 31
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type

Indoor Unit FXUQ71MAV1 FXUQ100MAV1 FXUQ125MAV1
Model
Connection Unit BEVQ71MAVE BEVQ100MAVE BEVQ125MAVE
kcal/h 7,100 10,000 12,500
kW 8.3 11.6 14.5
kcal/h 7,700 10,800 12,000
kW 9.0 12.5 14.0
Casing Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Model QTS48A10M QTS50B15M QTS50B15M
Type Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan
Fan of Units
m³/min 19/14 29/21 32/23
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm 671/494 1,024/741 1,130/812
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene, Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene, Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene,
Regular Foamed Polyethylene Regular Foamed Polyethylene Regular Foamed Polyethylene
Connections
Drain Pipe mm I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26 I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26 I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal,
Standard Accessories Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding
Plate. Plate. Plate.
Drawing No. C:4D045395A
Notes:
1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level Conversion Formulae
difference: 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
difference: 0m. cfm=m³/min×35.3
32 Specifications
BEV Units
Model BEVQ71MAVE BEVQ100MAVE BEVQ125MAVE
Power Supply 1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V 1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V 1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed
Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyethylene
Indoor Liquid Pipes 9.5mm (Flare Connection) 9.5mm (Flare Connection) 9.5mm (Flare Connection)
Unit Gas Pipes 15.9mm (Flare Connection) 15.9mm (Flare Connection) 15.9mm (Flare Connection)
Piping
Connection Liquid Pipes 9.5mm (Flare Connection) 9.5mm (Flare Connection) 9.5mm (Flare Connection)
Outdoor
Unit Suction Gas Pipes 15.9mm (Flare Connection) 15.9mm (Flare Connection) 15.9mm (Flare Connection)
Machine Weight (Mass) kg 3.0 3.0 3.5
Installation manual, Gas piping Installation manual, Gas piping Installation manual, Gas piping
Standard Accessories connections, Insulation for fitting, connections, Insulation for fitting, connections, Insulation for fitting,
Sealing material, Clamps Sealing material, Clamps Sealing material, Clamps
Drawing No. 4D045387A 4D045387A 4D045388A
Specifications 33
34 Specifications
Si34-603
Part 3
List of Electrical and
Functional Parts
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................36

1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................36
1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................37
List of Electrical and Functional Parts 35

List of Electrical and Functional Parts Si34-603
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts

1.1 Outdoor Unit
Model Remark
Item Name Symbol (PCB terminal)
4HP 5HP 6HP
Type JT100G-VDL@T Relay
Inverter M1C
Compressor Output 2.5kW 3.0kW 3.5kW A1P X102A
Crankcase heater (INV) E1HC 33W A1P X28A
Motor M1F·M2F 0.07kW —
Fan motor
Over-current relay — 3.2A —
Electronic expansion Cooling 480pls
valve (Main) Y1E A1P X21A
Heating PI control
Electronic expansion Cooling Y3E
PI control
A1P X22A
Functional valve (Subcool) Heating PI control
parts
4 way valve Y1S STF-0404G A1P X25A
Solenoid valve (Hot gas) Y2S TEV1620DQ2 A1P X26A
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit) Y3S TEV1620DQ2 A1P X27A
ACB-4UB10
Pressure switch (INV) S1PH OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa A1P X32A
Pressure- Fusible plug — FPGH-3D 70~75°C —
related parts
Pressure sensor (HP) S1NPH PS8051A 0~4.15MPa A1P X17A
Pressure sensor (LP) S1NPL PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa A1P X18A
For outdoor air R1T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X11A
For discharge pipe R2T 5.0~640kΩ A1P X12A 1-2Pin
For suction pipe 1 R3T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X12A 3-4Pin
Main For heat exchanger R4T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X12A 5-6Pin
Thermistor PCB For suction pipe 2 R5T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X12A 7-8Pin
For subcooling heat R6T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X13A 1-2Pin
exchanger
For liquid pipe R7T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X13A 3-4Pin
Others Fuse (A3P) F1U AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse —
36 List of Electrical and Functional Parts

Si34-603 List of Electrical and Functional Parts
1.2 Indoor Unit

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXFQ25 FXFQ32 FXFQ40 FXFQ50 FXFQ63 FXFQ80 FXFQ100 FXFQ125 Remark
MVE MVE MVE MVE MVE MVE MVE MVE
Wired Remote
Controller BRC1C62
Remote Option
Controller Wireless Remote BRC7E61W
Controller
Fan Motor M1F DC380V 30W 8P DC 380V 120W 8P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
Motors Drain Pump M1P PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor M1S MP35HCA[3P007482-1]

Stepping Motor DC16V
Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T In PC board A4P or wired remote controller
Thermistor (for Heat R3T ST8605-5 φ8 L1000
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.) 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
Exchanger) R2T 20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch S1L FS-0211B
Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2
Others
Thermal Fuse TFu —
Transformer T1R —
Model
Parts Name Symbol FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ FXCQ Remark
20MVE 25MVE 32MVE 40MVE 50MVE 63MVE 80MVE 125MVE
Wired Remote BRC1C62
Remote Controller
Controller Option
Wireless Remote BRC7C62
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
1φ10W 1φ15W 1φ20W 1φ30W 1φ50W 1φ85W
Fan Motor M1F
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Thermal Fuse 152°C — 87°C : ON
Motors
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
Drain Pump M1P PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor M1S MT8-L[3PA07509-1]

AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-6 φ4 L1250

20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat R3T ST8605-6 φ8 L1250

Exchanger High Temp.) 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
Others Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer T1R TR22H21R8

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXKQ FXKQ FXKQ FXKQ Remark
25MAVE 32MAVE 40MAVE 63MAVE
Wired Remote BRC1C62 Option
Remote Controller
Controller Wireless Remote BRC4C61
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 4P 1φ20W 4P 1φ45W 4P
Thermal Fuse 146°C Thermal protector 120°C : OFF 105°C :

ON
Motors
AC 220-240V (50Hz)
Thermal Fuse 145°C
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
Swing Motor M1S AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air) ST8601-13 φ4 L630

R1T 20kΩ (25°C)

Thermistor (Heat R2T ST8602A-7 φ6 L1600
Exchanger) 20kΩ (25°C)
Model
Parts Name Symbol FXDQ FXDQ FXDQ FXDQ FXDQ FXDQ Remark
20N(A)VE(T), 25N(A)VE(T), 32N(A)VE(T),
PVE(T) PVE(T) PVE(T) 40N(A)VE(T) 50N(A)VE(T) 63N(A)VE(T)
Wired Remote
Controller BRC1C62
Remote Option
Controller Wireless Remote BRC4C62
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor M1F 1φ62W 1φ130W

Thermal protector
Motors 130°C: OFF, 83°C: ON
AC220-240V (50Hz)
Drain Pump M1P PLD-12230DM ∗
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-1 φ4 L=250

20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat ST8605-4 φ8 L=800

Exchanger High Temp.) R3T 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
Float Switch S1L FS-0211E ∗
∗only for FXDQ20~63N(A)VE, FXDQ20~32PVE (with Drain Pump Type)

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ FXSQ Remark
20MVE 25MVE 32MVE 40MVE 50MVE 63MVE 80MVE 100MVE 125MVE
Remote Controller
Controller Option
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
1φ50W 1φ65W 1φ85W 1φ125 1φ225W

Fan Motor M1F W
Motors Thermal Fuse 152°C Thermal protector
135°C : OFF 87°C : ON
AC220-240V (50Hz)
Thermal Fuse 145°C

20kΩ (25°C)

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ Remark
40MAVE 50MAVE 63MAVE 80MAVE 100MAVE 125MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller BRC1C62
Remote Option
Controller Wireless Remote
Controller BRC4C62
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor M1F 1φ100W 1φ160W 1φ270W 1φ430W
Motors Thermal protector 135°C : OFF 87°C : ON
Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 5µ F-400V 7µ F 10µ F 8µ F

400V 400V 400V
Thermistor (Suction Air) ST8601A-5 φ4 L1000

R1T 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat ST8605A-4 φ8 L800

Exchanger High Temp.) R3T 20kΩ (25°C)
Float switch S1L FS-0211
Others Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 250V 10A φ5.2

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXHQ FXHQ FXHQ Remark
32MAVE 63MAVE 100MAVE
Wired Remote BRC1C62 Option
Remote Controller
Controller
Wireless Controller BRC7E63W
AC 220~240V/220V 50Hz/60Hz
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF 80°C : ON
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 3.0µF-400V 9.0µF-400V
Swing Motor M1S MT8-L[3P058751-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601A-1 φ4 L250

20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat R3T ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250 ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.) 20kΩ (25°C) 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat R2T ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250 ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
Exchanger) 20kΩ (25°C) 20kΩ (25°C)
Others
Model
Parts Name Symbol FXAQ FXAQ FXAQ FXAQ FXAQ FXAQ Remark
Remote Controller
Option
Controller Wireless Remote BRC7E618
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors Thermal protector 130°C : OFF 80°C : ON
Swing Motor M1S MP24 [3SB40333-1] MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1]

AC200~240V AC200~240V

20kΩ (25°C)

Thermistor (for Heat R2T ST8602-2 φ6 L400
Float Switch S1L OPTION
Others

Model
Parts Name Symbol FXLQ FXLQ FXLQ FXLQ FXLQ FXLQ Remark
Remote Controller
Controller Option
Controller
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 1φ25W 1φ35W
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 1.0µF-400V 0.5µF-400V 1.0µF-400V 1.5µF-400V 2.0µF-400V

20kΩ (25°C)

Thermistor (for Heat R2T ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
Fuse F1U AC250V 5A
Others
Model
Parts Name Symbol FXNQ FXNQ FXNQ FXNQ FXNQ FXNQ Remark
Wired Remote
Controller BRC1C62
Remote
Controller Option
Wireless Remote
Controller BRC4C62
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 1φ25W 1φ35W
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 1.0µF-400V 0.5µF-400V 1.0µF-400V 1.5µF-400V 2.0µF-400V

20kΩ (25°C)

Thermistor (for Heat R2T ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
Fuse F1U AC250V 5A
Others

Model
Parts Name Symbol Remark
FXUQ71MAV1 FXUQ100MAV1 FXUQ125MAV1
Wired Remote
Controller BRC1C62
Remote Option
Controller Wireless Remote
Controller BRC7C528W
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Thermal protector 130°C Thermal protector 130°C : OFF 83°C : ON
Motors
Drain Pump M1P AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PJV-1426
Swing Motor M1S MT8-L[3PA07572-1]

AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-1 φ4 L=250

20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors
Thermistor (Heat ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
Others Float Switch S1L FS-0211B

Si34-603
Part 4
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................44

1.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P .................................................................................44
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................46
2.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P .................................................................................46
Refrigerant Circuit 43
Refrigerant Circuit Si34-603
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P
No. in
refrigerant Symbol Name Major Function
system
diagram
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using
A M1C Inverter compressor (INV) the inverter.
31 steps
D M1F Inverter fan Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation
M2F speed by using the inverter.
E Y1E Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
(Main: EV1) of air heat exchanger constant.
F Y3E Electronic expansion valve Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
(Subcool: EV3) exchanger constant.
G Y2S Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
H Y3S Solenoid valve (Unload circuit Used to the unloading operation of compressor.
SVUL)
M Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
O S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
HP pressure switch (For INV In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this
P S1PH compressor) switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor
operation.
In order to prevent the increase of pressure when abnormal heating is caused by fire
S — Fusible plug or others, the fusible part of the plug is molten at a temperature of 70 to 75°C to
release the pressure into the atmosphere.
Pressure regulating valve 1 This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus
T — (Receiver to discharge pipe) resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in
transportation or storage.
1 R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta) Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
2 R2T Thermistor (INV discharge used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
pipe: Tdi) compressor, and others.
3 R3T Thermistor used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
(Suction pipe1: Ts1) constant in heating operation, and others.
Thermistor (Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting
4 R4T deicer: Tb) operation, and others.
Thermistor
5 R5T (Suction pipe2: Ts2) Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
6 R6T Thermistor (Subcooling heat Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve.
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
7 R7T Thermistor Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
(Liquid pipe: Tl)
44 Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-603 Refrigerant Circuit

G
N
D
M
D
P
E
H
S
A

F
C : 3D052627A
Refrigerant Circuit 45
Functional Parts Layout Si34-603
2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1 RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P
Birds-eye view
THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
R5T
(MARKING COLOR:GREEN)
S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH
46 Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-603
Part 5
Function
1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................48
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................49
2.1 Normal Operation ...................................................................................49
2.2 Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51
2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52
3. Special Control......................................................................................53
3.1 Startup Control .......................................................................................53
3.2 Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54
3.3 Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56
3.4 Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57
3.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................58
3.6 Stopping Operation ................................................................................59
4. Protection Control .................................................................................60
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61
4.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62
4.4 Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63
5. Other Control.........................................................................................64
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65
6.1 Drain Pump Control................................................................................65
6.2 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67
6.3 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................68
6.4 Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70
6.5 View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71
6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72
6.7 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72
Function 47
Operation Mode Si34-603
1. Operation Mode
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit stop or

Indoor unit thermostat ON
thermostat OFF
Malfunction/Standby
Restart standby
Pressure (Compressor stop)
equalization
prior to startup
Malfunction/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
Startup control thermostat OFF
• Cooling startup Pump-down
control residual
• Heating startup Indoor unit thermostat ON
operation
control
Malfunction/Standby
Indoor unit stop or

Normal operation thermostat OFF
• Compressor PI control
• Electronic expansion
valve PI control
• Protection control
Cooling or heating
operation
Malfunction/
Standby
Oil return IN Yes

conditions are met. Oil return operation
No
Defrost IN Yes
Defrosting operation
conditions are met.
No
Operation Yes
mode change
No Note:
In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat
turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrosting operation, pump-down residual
operation is performed on completion of the oil
return operation or defrosting operation.
(V3152)
48 Function
Si34-603 Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1 Normal Operation
Cooling Operation
Actuator Operation Remarks
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
Compressor Compressor PI control temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
Outdoor unit fan Cooling fan control 
Four way valve OFF 
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 480 pls 
Subcooling electronic expansion valve PI control 
(EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection
control.
Heating Operation
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
Compressor Compressor PI control temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
Outdoor unit fan STEP 7 or 8 
Four way valve ON 
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) PI control 
Subcooling electronic expansion valve PI control 
(EV3)
This valve turns on with low pressure protection
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF control.
Heating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24°CDB or more.
Function 49
Basic Control Si34-603
2.2 Compressor PI Control

Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
achieve target value (TeS). (°C)
Te setting (Set in Set-up mode 2) TeS : Target Te value
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
L M (Normal) H frequency, etc.)
(factory
setting)
3 6 9
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
achieve target value (TcS). (°C)
Tc setting TcS : Target Tc value
L M (Normal) H (Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
(factory frequency, etc.)
setting)
43 46 49
RXYMQ4 · 5 · 6P
STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload) STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload) STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
1 36.0Hz 11 80.0Hz 21 140.0Hz
2 39.0Hz 12 86.0Hz 22 146.0Hz
3 43.0Hz 13 92.0Hz 23 152.0Hz
4 47.0Hz 14 98.0Hz 24 158.0Hz
5 52.0Hz 15 104.0Hz 25 164.0Hz
6 52.0Hz 57.0Hz 16 110.0Hz 26 170.0Hz
7 57.0Hz 64.0Hz 17 116.0Hz 27 175.0Hz
8 62.0Hz 71.0Hz 18 122.0Hz 28 180.0Hz
9 68.0Hz 78.0Hz 19 128.0Hz 29 185.0Hz
10 74.0Hz 20 134.0Hz 30 190.0Hz
31 195.0Hz
∗ Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions.
Selection of full load operation to/from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve
(Y3S=SVUL). The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF, while the unload operation is
performed with the SVUL set to ON.
50 Function
Si34-603 Basic Control
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control

Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control
Carries out the electronic expansion valve (Y1E) PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet
superheated degree (SH) at constant during heating operation to make maximum use of the
outdoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator).
SH = Ts1 - Te SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C)
Ts1 : Suction pipe temperature detected by
thermistor R3T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3°C, but varies
depending on the discharge pipe superheated degree of inverter compressor.
Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV3 Control

Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve (Y3E) to keep the superheated degree (SH)
of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger.
SH = Tsh -Te SH : Outlet superheated degree of evaporator (°C)
Tsh : Suction pipe temperature detected with the
thermistor R6T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
Function 51
Basic Control Si34-603
2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control

In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature, this control is used to provide the
adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using
outdoor unit fan.
Furthermore, when outdoor temperature ≥ 20°C, the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 18°C, it will run in Step 5 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 12°C, it will run in Step 1 or higher.
Upper limit of fan Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value

revolutions: Step 8
Pc<2.75MPa Pc>3.24MPa
Upper limit of outdoor unit

fan revolutions
Step 7
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
PI control
-1 step on Hold the +1 step on
current step on
outdoor unit fan outdoor unit fan outdoor unit fan
PI control Lapse of 20 sec.
Fan Steps
Cooling M1F M2F
STEP0 0 rpm 0 rpm
STEP1 250 rpm 0 rpm

STEP2 400 rpm 0 rpm
STEP3 285 rpm 250 rpm
52 Function
Si34-603 Special Control
3. Special Control
3.1 Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made
and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units
simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation
Thermostat ON
Pressure equalization control Startup control

prior to startup STEP1 STEP2
57 Hz Unload
Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload +2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Ta<20°C: OFF +1 step/15 sec. (when Pc>2.16MPa)
Ta≥20°C: STEP4 -1 step/15 sec. (when Pc<1.77MPa)
Four way valve (20S1) Holds OFF OFF
Main electronic expansion 0 pls 480 pls 480 pls
valve (EV1)
Subcooling electronic 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls
expansion valve (EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve OFF OFF OFF
(SVP)
Ending conditions OR • Pc - Pe<0.3MPa A lapse of 10 sec. OR • A lapse of 130 sec.

• A lapse of 1 to 5 min. • Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation

Thermostat ON
Pressure equalization control Startup control

prior to startup STEP1 STEP2
57 Hz Unload
Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload +2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
From starting
~ 1 min. : STEP 7
Outdoor unit fan 1 ~ 3 min. : STEP 3 STEP8 STEP8
3 ~ 5 min. : OFF
Four way valve Holds ON ON
Main electronic expansion
valve (EV1) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve

(SVP) OFF OFF OFF
• A lapse of 130 sec.

Ending conditions OR • Pc - Pe<0.3MPa A lapse of 10 sec. OR • Pc>2.70MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min. • Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
Function 53
Special Control Si34-603
3.2 Oil Return Operation

In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out
from the compressor to the system side.
3.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling.
• Cumulative oil feed rate
• Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time
reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Outdoor unit actuator Oil return preparation Oil return operation Post-oil-return operation
operation
Take the current step as the 52 Hz Full load Same as the “oil return
Compressor upper limit. (→ Low pressure constant operation” mode.
control)
Outdoor unit fan Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling)
Four way valve OFF OFF OFF
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1) 480 pls 480 pls 480 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion

valve (EV3) SH control 0 pls 0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF
• 3 min. • 3 min.
Ending conditions 20 sec. or • Ts - Te<5°C or • Pe<0.6MPa
• HTdi>110°C
Indoor unit actuator Cooling oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting
Fan Stopping unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting
Thermostat ON unit Normal opening
Electronic expansion valve Stopping unit 224 pls
Thermostat OFF unit Normal opening with forced thermostat ON
54 Function
3.2.2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation

[Conditions to start]
The heating oil-returning operation is started referring following conditions.
Integrated amount of displaced oil
Timer
(After the power is turned on, integrated operating-time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8
hours.)
In addition, integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Oil return preparation
Outdoor Unit Actuator operation Oil return operation Post-oil-return operation
2-step increase from

36 Hz Unload to
Compressor Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load (Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8
Four way valve ON OFF ON
Main electronic expansion valve SH control 480 pls 55 pls
(EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls
valve (EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF
• 12 min. • 160 sec.

or
&{• Ts1 - Te<5°C
Ending conditions 2 min. or • Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
• Tb>11°C
* From the preparing oil-returning operation to the oil-returning operation, and from the oil-
returning operation to the operation after oil-returning, the compressor stops for 1 minute to
reduce noise on changing of the four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator Heating oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit 416 pls
Thermostat OFF unit 416 pls
Function 55
3.3 Defrosting Operation

The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when
heating, and the heating capacity is recovered.
[Conditions to start]
The defrost operation is started referring following conditions.
Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co-efficiency
Temperature of heat-exchange (Tb)
Timer (2 hours at the minimum)
In addition, outdoor heat-exchange co-efficiency is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Defrost preparation
Outdoor unit actuator operation Defrost operation Post Defrost operation
2-step increase from

36 Hz Unload to
Compressor Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load (Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8
Four way valve ON OFF ON
Main electronic expansion valve SH control 480 pls 55 pls
(EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF ON ON
• 15 min. • 160 sec.

or
&{• Tb>11°C
Ending conditions 2 min. or • Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
• Ts1 - Te<5°C
* From the preparing operation to the defrost operation, and from the defrost operation to the
operation after defrost, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the
four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator Heating oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit 416 pls
Thermostat OFF unit 416 pls
56 Function
3.4 Pump-down Residual Operation

When activating compressor, if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat-exchanger, the liquid
enters into the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in decrease of lubricity.
Therefore, the pump-down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heat-
exchanger when the compressor is down.
3.4.1 Pump-down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation
Actuator Pump-down residual operation Step 1 Pump-down residual operation Step 2
Compressor 124 Hz Full load 52 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan Fan control Fan control
Four way valve OFF OFF
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 480 pls 240 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls 0 pls
(EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF
Ending conditions 2 sec. 2 sec.
3.4.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation

Actuator Pump-down residual operation
Compressor 124 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan STEP7
Four way valve ON
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls
(EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF
Ending conditions 4 sec.
Function 57
3.5 Restart Standby

Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power-on/off and to equalize pressure in the
refrigerant system.
Compressor OFF 
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Outdoor unit fan Ta≤30°C: OFF 
Four way valve Keep former condition. 

Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls 
Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls 
(EV3)
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF 
Ending conditions 2 min. 
58 Function
3.6 Stopping Operation

Operation of the actuator when the system is down, is cleared up.
3.6.1 When System is in Stop Mode
Actuator Operation
Compressor OFF
Outdoor unit fan OFF
Four way valve Keep former condition.
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF
Ending conditions Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
Function 59
Protection Control Si34-603
4. Protection Control
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling operation]

Pc>3.47MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
INV upper limit frequency=Max
High pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :

3-step down from current
compressor frequency
After 10 sec. Pc>3.47MPa
Keeping the current step
Pc<3.23MPa After 15 sec.

1-step up from current
Pc>3.64MPa
When occurring 10 times within 60
High pressure minutes, HPS is activated without high
standby pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code "E3".
[In heating operation]
High-pressure drop
Pc>3.04MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
Pc<2.89MPa
High pressure limited

After 10 sec. Pc>3.04MPa
Keeping the current step
Pc<2.94MPa After 60 sec.

Pc>3.64MPa
When occurring 10 times within 60
High pressure minutes, HPS is activated without high
standby pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code "E3".
60 Function
Si34-603 Protection Control
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control

This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Low pressure not limited Pe: LP pressure sensor detection

value
Pe<0.25MPa Pe>0.39MPa
Low pressure
Hot gas SVP = OFF
limited
Pe<0.15MPa Pe>0.30MPa
36Hz Unload
Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe<0.07MPa
Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,

standby the malfunction code "E4" is output.
[In heating operation]
Pe: LP pressure sensor detection

value
Pe<0.17MPa
Low pressure not limited
• Pe>0.09MPa
or • Ts-Teg<8deg
&
• Pe>0.06MPa
Low pressure limited

Pe<0.17MPa After 10 sec.

Current step limited Hot gas SVP = OFF
Pe>0.20MPa After 15 sec. Pe<0.12MPa Pe>0.17MPa

1-step up from current Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe< 0.07MPa
Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,

standby the malfunction code "E4" is output.
Function 61
Protection Control Si34-603
4.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control

This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[INV compressor]
Discharge pipe protection

control not limited HTdi :Value of INV compressor discharge pipe
temperature (Tdi) compensated with
HTdi>115˚C outdoor air temperature
or Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
Tp>135˚C
HTdi<100˚C calculated by Tc and Te, and suction
&
INV upper limit frequency: Tp<110˚C superheated degree.
After 30 sec.
HTdi>115˚C
or
Tp>135˚C
HTdi<110˚C
&
Tp<125˚C
HTdi>130˚C In discharge pipe temp.
INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up
HTdi>120˚C protection control
from current compressor frequency
or for 90 sec. After 20 sec.
or more.
or HTdi>135˚C
36 Hz Unload HTdi>120˚C for 10 min. or more.
Discharge pipe When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes,

temperature standby the malfunction code “F3” is output.
62 Function
Si34-603 Protection Control
4.4 Inverter Protection Control

Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Not limited
•Inverter current ≤ 23.8A

Inverter current >23.8A &
•INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
Limited
INV upper limit frequency:

•10 sec. Inverter current >23.8A

& •Matching of frequency
Status quo
Inverter current ≤ 23.8A

continues for 3 min. Without conditions
Inverter current ≥ 24.9A continues for 260 sec.
Inverter current • When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,

standby the malfunction code "L8 " is output.
[Inverter fin temperature control]
Not limited
•Tfin<75 ˚C
Tfin≥78˚C & •INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
Limited

•10 sec. Tfin≥78˚C

&
•Macthing of frequency
Status quo
Tfin≤75˚C
continues for 3 min. Without conditions
Tfin≥83˚C
Fin temp. standby • When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,

the malfunction code "L4" is output.
Function 63
Other Control Si34-603
5. Other Control
5.1 Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting”.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting”.
[Demand 1 setting]
Setting Standard for upper limit of power consumption
Demand 1 setting 1 Approx. 60%
Demand 1 setting 2 (factory setting) Approx. 70%
Demand 1 setting 3 Approx. 80%
Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation.
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition

Heating operation is prohibited above 24°CDB outdoor air temperature.
64 Function
Si34-603 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)

6.1 Drain Pump Control
1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.1.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
∗ 1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of
the indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
6.1.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF:
Function 65
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) Si34-603
6.1.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5
seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
6.1.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the
Remote Controller:
Note: If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have
occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues.
66 Function
6.2 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt

We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multi-
flow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Draft prevention position Standard Setting Ceiling soiling prevention

position position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0 P0 P0
P1 P1
P0' P2
P2
P3 P1' P4 P0''
P4 P1''
P4 P2'
P2''
P3'
P4' P4'' P3''
Draft
prevention P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 Same as existing position
position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard Separated into 5 positions

position
Prohibited P0' P1' P2' P3' P4' (P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment

Dirt
Separated into 5 positions
prevention Prohibited P0'' P1'' P2'' P3'' P4'' (P2 - 4)
position
The factory set position is standard position. (VL012)
Function 67
6.3 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller

Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote controller and air suction
thermostat in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat
sensor in remote controller is set to “Use.” )
Cooling If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the
remote controller near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset
temperature.
Ex: When cooling

Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C → E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A).
68 Function
Heating When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the
preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the
occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote
controller can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
Ex: When heating

Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C → D).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A):
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A).
Function 69
6.4 Freeze Prevention

Freeze When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
Prevention by Off heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with
Cycle (Indoor the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
Unit)
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is –1°C or less for total of 40 min., or
temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min.
continuously
Ex: Case where temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
70 Function
6.5 View of Operations of Swing Flaps

Swing flaps work as following.
Flap control
Fan FXCQ
FXFQ FXKQ FXAQ
FXHQ
Hot-start from Swinging OFF Level Level Level
defrosting Setting the wind direction OFF Level Level Level
Swinging OFF Level Level Level
Defrosting
Setting the wind direction OFF Level Level Level
Heating
Swinging LL Level Level Level

Thermostat is off
Setting the wind direction LL Level Level Level
Hot-start from the Swinging LL Level Level Level
state that the
thermostat is off Setting the wind direction LL Level Level Level
Halt
Setting the wind direction OFF Level Level Level
Thermostat of Swinging L*1 Swinging Swinging Swinging
microcomputer-dry
is on Setting the wind direction L*1 Set up Set up Set up
Thermostat of Swinging OFF Swinging Swinging Swinging
microcomputer-dry or
is off Setting the wind direction L Set up Set up Set up
Cooling
Cooling thermostat Swinging Set up Swinging Swinging Swinging

is off Setting the wind direction Set up Set up Set up Set up
Halt
Setting the wind direction OFF Set up Level Level
Microcomputer is Swinging L Swinging Swinging Swinging
controlled (including
the cooling state) Setting the wind direction L Set up Set up Set up
* 1. Only in FXFQ case, L or LL.
Function 71
6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Control

• Electronic expansion Valve Control
In cooling, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(SH) will become constant.
In heating, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (condenser), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(Condenser outlet subcooled degree) will become constant.
Cooling SH=TH1-TH2 SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree

(Heating SC=TC-TH1) TH1: Temperature (°C) detected with the liquid thermistor
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
SC : Condenser outlet subcooled degree
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
Furthermore, the default value of the optimal evaporator outlet superheated degree (condenser
outlet subcooled degree) is 5 deg. However, this default value varies with the operating
performance.
6.7 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)

At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown
below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending Hot start ending conditions

or Thermostat ON · lapse of 3 minutes
OR · [TH2]>34˚C
· "Tc">52˚C
Hot start control Hot start in progress
H/L remote Normal control

controller setting
Fan
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
OFF
Remote controller Normal control

Louver
setting
Po (Horizontal)
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor

TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
72 Function
Si34-603
Part 6
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................74

1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................74
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................77
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................78
3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................79
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller .....................................................79
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit..............................................................92
Test Operation 73
Test Operation Si34-603
1. Test Operation
1.1 Procedure and Outline
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.1.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On

¡ Is the power supply single-phase 220-230V / 50Hz, 220V / 60Hz?
Check the below items.
¡ Have you finished a ductwork to drain?
2Power wiring
¡ Have you detach transport fitting?
2Control transmission wiring
¡ Is the wiring performed as specified?
between units
¡ Are the designated wires used?
2Earth wire
¡ Is the grounding work completed?
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation.
2 Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 220-230V circuit.
¡ Are the setscrews of wiring not loose?
¡ Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover
completely?
Check on refrigerant piping ¡ Is pipe size proper? (The design pressure of this product is
4.0MPa.)
¡ Are pipe insulation materials installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes
water leak.)
¡ Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open?
Check on amount of refrigerant ¡ Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount?

charge If insufficient, charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop
valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning
power on.
¡ Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on “Record
Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount”?
(V3180)
1.1.2 Turn Power On

Turn outdoor unit power on. ¡ Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to
protect compressors.
¡ Close outside panels of the outdoor unit.
Turn indoor unit power on.
Carry out field setting on

outdoor PC board
(V3056)
74 Test Operation
Si34-603 Test Operation
1.1.3 Check Operation

* During check operation, mount front panel to avoid the misjudging.
* Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation.
(When the check operation is not executed, alarm code "U3" will be displayed.)
 ¡ The test operation is started automatically.

Press and hold the TEST
OPERATION button (BS4) on 
outdoor unit PC board for 5  The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes(about 30 
seconds.  minutes at the maximum).
2“Check for wrong wiring”

 2“Check stop valve for not open” 
 2“Pipe length automatic judgement” 
 The following indications are conducted while in test operation. 
 2LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board H2P flickers (test operation) 
 2Remote controller Indicates “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” 
 on upper right. 
Check on operation  Indicates “TEST OPERATION” on lower left. 
(V3057)
On completion of test operation, LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following.
H3P ON: Normal completion
H2P and H3P ON: Abnormal completion →Check the indoor unit remote controller for
abnormal display and correct it.
Malfunction code
In case of an alarm code displayed on remote controller:
Malfunction
Nonconformity during installation Remedial action
code
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed. Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
E3 Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
Refrigerant overcharge. length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
E4 Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished

correctly.
Insufficient refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
Refrigerant overcharge. length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
F3
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished
correctly.
Insufficient refrigerant.
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
F6 Refrigerant overcharge length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
U2 Insufficient supply voltage Check to see if the supply voltage is supplied properly.
U3 If a check operation has not been Perform a check operation.

performed.
U4 No power is supplied to an outdoor unit. Turn the power on for the outdoor unit.
UA If no dedicated indoor unit is being used. Check the indoor unit. If it is not a dedicated unit, replace the
indoor unit.
UF
If the right indoor unit piping and wiring are Make sure that the right indoor unit piping and wiring are properly
not properly connected to the outdoor unit. connected to the outdoor unit.
If the interunit wiring has not be connected Make sure the interunit wiring is correctly attached to terminals
UH or it has shorted. (X2M) F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) on the outdoor unit circuit board.
Test Operation 75
Test Operation Si34-603
1.1.4 Confirmation on Normal Operation

• Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed.
(When outdoor air temperature is 24°CDB or higher, the unit can not be operated with
heating mode. See the installation manual attached.)
• Confirm that the indoor/outdoor units can be operated normally.
(When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard, stop
the unit immediately, and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently, then start
operation again.)
• Operate indoor unit one by one to check that the corresponding outdoor unit operates.
• Confirm that the indoor unit discharges cold air (or warm air).
• Operate the air direction control button and flow rate control button to check the function of
the devices.
76 Test Operation
Si34-603 Test Operation
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On

1.2.1 When Turning On Power First Time
The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH”
malfunction indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent

Tap the RESET(BS5) button on the outdoor unit PC board. Operation becomes possible for
about 2 minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10
minutes to automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... ON
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH” or “U4”
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is
complete.)
Test Operation 77
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout Si34-603
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout

Outdoor unit PC board
Caution Cover electric parts with an insulating sheet during inspection to prevent electric shock.
78 Test Operation
Si34-603 Field Setting
3. Field Setting
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller
Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause malfunction.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired Remote Controller <BRC1C62>
UNIT NO. MODE NO.

SECOND . FIELD
CODE NO. UNIT NO.
SET
FIRST MODE
. SETTING
CODE NO. 3 4
1 7 TEST
6 5 2
(V0292)
1. When in the normal mode, press the “ ” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the
FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “ ” button ().
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been
selected), push the “ ” button () and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
4. Push the “ ” upper button () and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Push the “ ” lower button () and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Push the “ ” button () once and the present settings are SET.
7. Push the “ ” button () to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION,
HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation 79
Field Setting Si34-603
3.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit

BRC7C type
BRC7E type
BRC4C type
1. When in the normal mode, push the “ ” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the “field set mode.”
2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “ ” button.
3. Pushing the “ ” button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the “ ” button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer “ ” button and check the settings.
6. Push the “ ” button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and setting position No. to “02”.
80 Test Operation
3.1.3 Simplified Remote Controller

BRC2C51
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.

2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set), and the FIELD SET
MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting ) and the
[BS3] BUTTON () (temperature setting ).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), push the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and
SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation 81
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – VRV Indoor Unit

VRV Mode Setting Setting Contents Second Code No.(Note 3)
system No. Switch
indoor Note 2 No. 01 02 03 04
unit
settings 10(20) 0 Filter contamination heavy/ Super Light Approx. Heavy Approx. — —
light (Setting for display long life 10,000 5,000
time to clean air filter) filter hrs. hrs.
(Sets display time to clean
air filter to half when there is Long life Approx. Approx.
heavy filter contamination.) filter 2,500 1,250
hrs. hrs.
Standard Approx. Approx.
filter 200 100
hrs. hrs.
1 Long life filter type Long life filter Super long life — —
filter
2 Thermostat sensor in remote controller Use No use —
3 Display time to clean air filter Display No display —
calculation (Set when filter sign is not
to be displayed.)
12(22) 0 Optional accessories output selection Indoor unit Operation output Malfunction
(field selection of output for adaptor for turned ON by output
wiring) thermostat
1 ON/OFF input from outside (Set when Forced OFF ON/OFF control External —
ON/OFF is to be controlled from protection device
outside.) input
2 Thermostat differential changeover 1°C 0.5°C — —
(Set when remote sensor is to be
used.)
3 OFF by thermostat fan speed LL Set fan speed — —
4 Automatic mode differential (automatic 01:0 02:1 03:2 04:3 05:4 06:5 07:6 08:7
temperature differential setting for VRV
system heat recovery series cool/heat)
5 Power failure automatic reset Not equipped Equipped — —
13(23) 0 High air outlet velocity N H S —
(Set when installed in place with ceiling
higher than 2.7 m.)
1 Selection of air flow direction F (4 directions) T (3 directions) W (2 directions) —
(Set when a blocking pad kit has been
installed.)
3 Air flow direction adjustment (Set at Equipped Not equipped —
installation of decoration panel.)
4 Field set air flow position setting Draft prevention Standard Ceiling Soiling —
prevention
5 Field set fan speed selection Standard Optional Optional —
(fan speed control by air discharge accessory 1 accessory 2
outlet for phase control)
15(25) 1 Thermostat OFF excess humidity Not equipped Equipped — —
2 Direct duct connection Not equipped Equipped — —
(when the indoor unit and heat reclaim
ventilation unit are connected by duct
directly.) ∗Note 6
3 Drain pump humidifier interlock Not equipped Equipped — —
selection
5 Field set selection for individual Not equipped Equipped — —
ventilation setting by remote controller
6 Field set selection for individual Not equipped Equipped — —
ventilation setting by remote controller
Notes : 1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so
they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked are factory set.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
82 Test Operation
3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting
Ceiling mounted cassette type Slim Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling Wall Floor Concealed Ceiling
Ceiling mounted mounted suspended mounted standing Floor suspended
Multi flow Double Corner mounted built-in duct type type type type standing cassette
flow type duct type type type type
FXFQ FXCQ FXKQ FXDQ FXSQ FXMQ FXHQ FXAQ FXLQ FXNQ FXUQ
Filter sign { { { { { { { { { { {
Ultra long life filter { { — — — — — — — — —

sign
Remote controller { { { { { { { { { { {
thermostat sensor
Set fan speed when { { { { { { { { { { {
thermostat OFF
Air flow adjustment { — — — — — { — — — {
Ceiling height
Air flow direction { — — — — — — — — — {
Air flow direction

adjustment — — { — — — — — — — —
(Down flow operation)
Air flow direction
adjustment range { { { — — — — — — — —
Field set fan speed

selection { — — {∗1 — — { — — — —
Discharge air temp.

(Cooling) — — — — — — — — — — —
Discharge air temp.

(Heating) — — — — — — — — — — —
∗1 Static pressure selection
Test Operation 83
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes

Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting Standard Long Life Ultra Long Life Filter
Contamination Light 200 hrs. 2,500 hrs. 10,000 hrs.

Contamination Heavy 100 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 5,000 hrs.
Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting

When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No. Setting Switch No. Setting Position No. Setting
01 Long-Life Filter
10 (20) 1 02 Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1)
03 —
External ON/OFF input

This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T1 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No. Setting Setting Operation by input of the signal A

Switch No. Position No.
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote
01 controller)
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
12 (22) 1 02 OFF → ON: Permission of operation

ON → OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
03 OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
Fan Speed Changeover When Thermostat is OFF

By setting to “Set Fan Speed,” you can switch the fan speed to the set fan speed when the
heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ Since there is concern about draft if using “fan speed up when thermostat is OFF,” you should
take the setup location into consideration.
Setting Table
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
01 LL Fan Speed
12(22) 3
02 Set Fan Speed
84 Test Operation
Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset

For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before
power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power
failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
Air Flow Adjustment - Ceiling height

Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01”
at the factory.
In the Case of FXAQ, FXHQ
Mode No. Setting Switch Setting Position Setting

No. No.
01 Wall-mounted type: Standard
13(23) 0 02 Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
03 Wall-mounted type: Normal increase
In the Case of FXFQ25~80

First Second Ceiling height
Mode code code Setting
No. No. No. 4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
01 Standard (N) Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
03 Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.5 m —
In the Case of FXFQ100~125
Mode First Second Ceiling height

No. code code Setting
No. No. 4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
In the Case of FXUQ71~125
Mode First Second Ceiling height

code code Setting
No. No. No. 4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
Test Operation 85
Air Flow Direction Setting

Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.”
Setting Table
Second Code
Mode No. First Code No. No. Setting
01 F : 4-direction air flow

13 (23) 1 02 T : 3-direction air flow
03 W : 2-direction air flow
Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment

Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Setting Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.
Down-flow operation: Yes 01
13 (23) 3
Down-flow operation: No 02
86 Test Operation
Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment Range

Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
Setting Table
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
01 Upward (Draft
prevention)
13 (23) 4 02 Standard
03 Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
Air flow rate switching at discharge grille for field air flow rate switching
When the optional parts (high performance filter, etc.) is installed, sets to change fan speed for
securing air flow rate.
Follow the instruction manual for the optional parts to enter the setting numbers.
Setting of the static pressure selection (for FXDQ model)

Model No. First Code No. Second Code No. External static pressure
01 Standard (15Pa)
13 (23) 5
02 High static pressure (44Pa)
Test Operation 87
3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

BRC1C Type In order to conduct the central remote control using the central remote controller and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
controller.
Make Group No. settings for central remote control using the operating remote controller.
1. While in normal mode, press and hold the switch for a period of four seconds or
more to set the system to "Field Setting Mode".”
2. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “ ” button.
3. Use the “ ” button to select the group No. for each group.
(Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.)
4. Press “ ” to set the selected group No.
5. Press “ ” to return to the NORMAL MODE.
MODE NO.
GROUP NO.
UNIT NO.
FIELD SET
SETTING MODE
TEST
3
5 4
2,6
Note:
For wireless remote controller, see the following.
For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
88 Test Operation
BRC7C Type Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
BRC7E Type 1. When in the normal mode, push “ ” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
BRC4C Type enters the “field set mode.”
2. Set mode No. “00” with “ ” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “ ”“ ” button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “ ” button.
5. Push “ ” button and return to the normal mode.
Group No. Setting

Example
Centoral Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
Group Control by Remote Contoller
1-00 Main RC RC Sub RC
(autmatic unit address)
1-01 1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
RC
1-03 (V0917)
1-04
Caution When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
Test Operation 89
3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller

(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote
controller ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to
information in the next page.)
Central remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor
is connected)
3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes

Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.)
OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and off by remote controller
only.
Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and turn on/off freely by
remote controller during set time.
Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote controller and remote controller.
Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want
to start operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
90 Test Operation
How to Select Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
Operation Mode temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
Example
ON by remote OFF by remote
Temperature Operation mode Control
controller controller OFF by control by setting by mode is "1."
(Unified ON by (Unified OFF by remote remote controller remote controller
central remote central remote controller
controller) controller)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
Rejection Rejection Rejection Acceptance Acceptance (VL069)
Control by remote controller

Operation
Unified operation,
Control mode Unified OFF,
individual operation
individual stop by OFF Temperature Operation Control mode
by central remote control mode setting
controller, or central remote
operation controlled controller, or timer
by timer stop
Acceptance 0
Rejection
ON/OFF control Rejection 10
impossible by Rejection
(Example) Acceptance
remote controller Acceptance (Example) 1(Example)
(Example)
Rejection (Example) Rejection 11
Acceptance 2
Rejection
OFF control only Rejection (Example) Rejection 12
possible by
remote controller Acceptance 3
Acceptance
Rejection 13
Acceptance 4
Rejection
Rejection 14
Centralized
Acceptance 5
Acceptance
Rejection 15
Acceptance Acceptance
Acceptance 6
Rejection
Rejection 16
Individual Acceptance
Acceptance 7 ∗1
Acceptance
Rejection 17
Acceptance 8
Rejection
Timer operation Acceptance Acceptance Rejection 18
possible by (During timer at ON (During timer at ON
remote controller position only) position only) Acceptance 9
Acceptance
Rejection 19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote controller” if not using a remote controller.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
∗1. Factory setting
Test Operation 91
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit

3.2.1 Setting by Dip Switches
The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board.
Dipswitch
Setting item Description
No. Setting
ON Cool / Heat Used to set cool / heat change over setting by remote
DS1-1 change over controller equipped with outdoor unit. (Note 1)
OFF (Factory set) setting
ON
DS1-2 Not used Do not change the factory settings.
OFF (Factory set)
92 Test Operation
Caution DIP switch Setting after changing the main P.C.Board(A1P) to spare parts P.C.B.
When you change the main P.C.Board(A1P) to spare parts P.C.B., please carry out the following
setting.
Please Attach the Capacity Setting Adapter corresponding to Capacity Class (ex. 112, 140, 160) in connector X51A.
(See Below)
Capacity Setting Adapter
Capacity Class Note

4 (112) CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 100/J112)
Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adapter

X51A
Position of Attaching
the Capacity Setting Adapter
Test Operation 93
Setting by pushbutton switches

The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
LED indication 7 7 8 7 7 7 7
(Factory setting)
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5
MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET

(V2760)
There are the following three setting modes.

c Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Also indicates during “abnormal”.
d Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
e Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
Mode changing procedure
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Push and hold the BS1 (Normal) Push the BS1(MODE button)
(MODE button) for 5 seconds. one time.
Setting mode 2 Setting mode 1 Monitor mode
MODE Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE MODE
On Off Blinking
H1P H1P H1P

(V2761)
Mode changing procedure
(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec. Setting mode 1 Press BS1(MODE button).
(Initial condition)
Setting mode 2 Monitor mode
Setting item selection (Set) Check item selection (Set)
Press BS3 Press BS3

(RETURN button). (RETURN button).
Setting condition
Contents display
selection (Set)
Press BS3 Press BS3
(RETURN button). (RETURN button).
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN button). Press BS1
(MODE button).
Press BS1
(MODE button).
(V2762)
94 Test Operation
a. “Setting mode 1”
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
1. Set items ············ In order to make COOL/HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group, change the setting.
• COOL/HEAT selection (IND) ·····················Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor
unit (factory set).
• COOL/HEAT selection (MASTER) ············Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the master unit.
• COOL/HEAT selection (SLAVE)················Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the slave unit.
2. Check items ······· The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave)
(3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for changing COOL/HEAT selection setting

“Normally, “Setting mode 1” is set.
In case of other status, push MODE
(BS1) button one time and set to
“Setting mode 1”.
8 ON
7 OFF
9 Blink
COOL/HEAT select Low

Push the SET (BS2) button to set MODE TEST Demand
Setting (displaying) item IND MASTER SLAVE noise
the blinking of LED to any of H1P H2P H7P
conditions shown on the right. H3P H4P H5P H6P
For selection by individual outdoor unit (factory set) 7 7 9 7 7 7 7
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit 7 7 7 9 7 7 7
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button will return the system to the initial condition of
determine the setting. "Setting mode 1".
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting

mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
COOL/HEAT select Low
mode other than that, push the MODE TEST Demand
MODE (BS1) button to set the IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P
system to "Setting mode 1".
7 7 8 7 7 7 7
Current operating conditions

7Normal 8Abnormal
9In preparation or in
check operation
Check the system for each condition
Setting of COO/HEAT selection
through LED displays. (Refer to
877By individual outdoor
information in table on the right.)
unit
787In a batch of outdoor unit
group with master unit
778In a batch of outdoor unit
group with slave unit
Low noise operating conditions
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button
will bring the system to the initial 7In normal operation
state of "Setting mode 1". 8In low noise operation
Demand operating conditions
(V2763) 7In normal operation
8In demand operation
Test Operation 95
b. “Setting mode 2” No. Setting item Description

1 Cool/heat unified Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Push and hold the MODE (BS1) address
button for 5 seconds and set to
Low noise/demand
“Setting mode 2”. 2 address Address for low noise/demand operation
Used to conduct test operation without making changes
3 Test operation to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the
settings completion of maintenance.
5 Indoor unit forced Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
fan H stopped. (H tap)
<Selection of setting items>
Indoor unit forced
6 operation Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item 8 Te setting Target evaporation temperature for cooling
shown in the table on the right.
↓ 9 Tc setting Target condensation temperature for heating
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to
10 setting quick defrost or slow defrost.
decide the item. (The present setting
condition is blinked.) External low noise
12 setting / Demand Reception of external low noise or demand signal
setting
13 AIRNET address Set address for AIRNET.
Make this setting to conduct heating operation with hot
16 Setting of hot water water heater.
Additional
20 refrigerant charge Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
<Selection of setting conditions>
Refrigerant
21 recovery / Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
to the setting condition you want. vacuuming mode
↓ setting
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple
decide the condition. Night-time low way.
22 noise setting The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending
set”.
Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
25 low noise level from outside.
Night-time low Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
26 noise operation (Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
start setting
Night-time low
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
27 noise operation end Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
set to the initial status of “Setting setting (Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
mode 2”.
Power transistor
check mode Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
28 ∗Check after waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
disconnection of compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
∗ If you become unsure of how to
compressor wires comes from the compressor or PC board.
proceed, push the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1. Capacity If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
29 precedence setting automatically released by this setting during carrying out
low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation.
(V2764)
Changes target value of power consumption when
30 Demand setting 1 demand control 1 is input.
Normal demand Normally enables demand control 1 without external
32 setting input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
96 Test Operation
Setting item display

No. C/H selection Low Setting condition display
MODE TEST Demand
Setting item IND Master Slave noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P ∗ Factory set
Address 0 8777777 ∗
1
Cool / Heat
8 7 7 7 7 7 8
Binary number 1 8777778
Unified address (6 digits) ~
31 8788888
Address 0 8777777 ∗
2
Low noise/demand
8 7 7 7 7 8 7
address (6 digits) ~
31 8788888
3 Test operation 8 7 7 7 7 8 8
Test operation : OFF 8777778
Test operation : ON 8777787 ∗
5 Indoor forced fan H 8 7 7 7 8 7 8
Normal operation 8777778 ∗
Indoor forced fan H 8777787
6
Indoor forced
8 7 7 7 8 8 7
Normal operation 8777778 ∗
operation Indoor forced operation 8777787
High 8777877
8 Te setting 8 7 7 8 7 7 7 Normal (factory setting) 8777787 ∗
Low 8777778
High 8777877
9 Tc setting 8 7 7 8 7 7 8 Normal (factory setting) 8777787 ∗
Low 8777778
Quick defrost 8777877
10 Defrost changeover
setting 8 7 7 8 7 8 7 Normal (factory setting) 8777787 ∗
Slow defrost 8777778
External low noise/demand:
NO 8777778 ∗
12 External
low noise/
demand setting 8 7 7 8 8 7 7 External low noise/demand:
YES
8777787
Address 0 8777777 ∗
13 Airnet address 8 7 7 8 8 7 8
(6 digits) ~
63 8888888
16 Setting
of hot water
8 7 8 7 7 7 7
OFF 8777778 ∗
heater ON 8777787
Additional refrigerant
20 charging operation 8 7 8 7 8 7 7
Refrigerant charging: OFF 8777778 ∗
setting Refrigerant charging: ON 8777787
Refrigerant recovery /
Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: OFF 8777778 ∗
21 vacuuming mode 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 Refrigerant recovery /
setting 8777787
vacuuming: ON
OFF 8777777 ∗
22 Night-time low noise 8 7 8 7 8 8 7
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 8 step or lower) 8777778
setting Level 2 (outdoor fan with 7 step or lower) 8777787
Test Operation 97
Setting item display

No. C/H selection Low Setting condition display
MODE TEST Demand
Setting item IND Master Slave noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P ∗ Factory set
25 Low noise setting 8 7 8 8 7 7 8 Level 2 (outdoor fan with 7 step or lower) 8777787 ∗
Night-time low noise

About 20:00 8777778
26 operation start
setting
8 7 8 8 7 8 7 About 22:00 (factory setting) 8777787 ∗
About 24:00 8777877
About 6:00 8777778
Night-time low noise
27
operation end setting 8 7 8 8 7 8 8 About 7:00 8777787
About 8:00 (factory setting) 8777877 ∗
28
Power transistor
8 7 8 8 8 7 7
OFF 8777778 ∗
check mode ON 8777787
29 Capacity 8 7 8 8 8 7 8
OFF 8777778 ∗
precedence setting ON 8777787
60 % demand 8777778
30 Demand setting 1 8 7 8 8 8 8 7 70 % demand 8777787 ∗
80 % demand 8777877
32 Normal
demand
8 8 7 7 7 7 7
OFF 8777778 ∗
setting ON 8777787
98 Test Operation
c. Monitor mode LED display

No. Setting item Data display
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
To enter the monitor mode, push the 0 Various setting 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 See below
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”. 1 C/H unified address 9 7 7 7 7 7 8
2 Low noise/demand address 9 7 7 7 7 8 7
3 Not used 9 7 7 7 7 8 8
4 Airnet address 9 7 7 7 8 7 7 Lower 6 digits
5 Number of connected indoor units 9 7 7 7 8 7 8

<Selection of setting item> Number of connected zone units
7
(excluding outdoor and BS unit) 9 7 7 7 8 8 8
the LED display to a setting item. 8 Number of outdoor units 9 7 7 8 7 7 7
Number of zone units (excluding
11
outdoor and BS unit) 9 7 7 8 7 8 8 Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
12 Number of terminal blocks 9 7 7 8 8 7 7 upper
Lower 4 digits:
13 Number of terminal blocks 9 7 7 8 8 7 8 lower
<Confirmation on setting contents> Contents of malfunction (the Malfunction
14
latest) 8 7 7 8 8 8 7 code table
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
Contents of malfunction Refer to page
display different data of set items. 15
(1 cycle before) 8 7 7 8 8 8 8 124.
Contents of malfunction
16 (2 cycle before) 8 7 8 7 7 7 7
20 Contents of retry (the latest) 8 7 8 7 8 7 7
21 Contents of retry (1 cycle before) 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
22 Contents of retry (2 cycle before) 8 7 8 7 8 8 7
Lower 2 digits:
Normal judgment of outdoor units 87 Abnormal
25
PC board 9 7 8 8 7 7 8 78 Normal
77 Unjudgment
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”. The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and Setting item 0 Display contents of “Various setting”
returns to “Setting mode 1”. EMG operation / ON 9 7 7 8 7 7 7
backup operation
(V2765) setting OFF 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
Defrost select setting Short 9 7 7 7 8 7 7
Medium 9 7 7 7 9 7 7
Long 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
Te setting H 9 7 7 7 7 8 7
M 9 7 7 7 7 9 7
L 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
Tc setting H 9 7 7 7 7 7 8
M 9 7 7 7 7 7 9
L 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
Test Operation 99
Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button, and
confirm the data for each setting.
Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary

9 797997 number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
16 4 1
32 8 2
In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to
16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
977 7979
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as
64 16
No.12 128 32 an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
977 7997 In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
4 1 0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
No.13 8 2 number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
100 Test Operation

3.2.2 Cool / Heat Mode Switching

There are the following 4 cool/heat switching modes.
c Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote controller.
d Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool/heat switching remote
controller.
e Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by indoor unit remote controller.
f Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by cool/heat switching remote controller.
c Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit Remote Controller
It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to IN (factory set).
Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
<Set the master unit (= indoor unit having the right to

select the cooling/heating operation mode).>
In the case of wired remote controllers In the case of wireless remote controllers
• After the check operation, “CHANGEOVER UNDER • After the check operation, the timer lamp is flashing in all
CONTROL” is flashing in all connected remote controllers. connected indoor units.
• Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in • Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in
accordance with the request from the customer. accordance with the request from the customer.
(It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be (It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be
used most often as the master unit.) used most often as the master unit.)
• Press the operation mode selector button in the remote • Press the operation selector mode button in the remote
controller of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. controller of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. A
• In that remote controller, “CHANGEOVER UNDER “peep” sound is emitted, and the timer lamp turns off in all
CONTROL” disappears. That remote controller will control indoor units.
changeover of the cooling/heating operation mode. • That indoor unit will control changeover of the cooling/
• In other remote controllers, “CHANGEOVER UNDER heating operation mode.
CONTROL” lights.
For the details, refer to the installation manual
supplied together with the indoor unit.
Test Operation 101

d Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Cool/Heat Switching Remote Controller
It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to OUT (factory set).
Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
102 Test Operation

3.2.3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation

Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external
control adapter (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB.
When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external control
adapter for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2", or "Mode 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
Image of operation
Test Operation 103

Setting of Demand Operation

By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control
adapter (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Set item Condition Content

Demand Mode 1 The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating.
Mode 2 The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating.
Mode 3 The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating.
When the normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adapter
for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
Image of operation
Power consumption When the

"Normal demand
setting" is set to ON
("OFF" has been set
Rated power consumption at factory.) , the
power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption can be set with the
70 % of rated power consumption "Demand 1 level
60 % of rated power consumption setting". ("70 % of
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting". rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
(V3082)
104 Test Operation

Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)

c In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 1 is entered and
H1P off.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)

c In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting
mode 2 is entered and H1P lights.
d Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
e Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown on next page) you want.
f Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to c.
g Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
Test Operation 105

{: ON z: OFF 9: Blink
c d e
Setting Setting Setting No. indication Setting No. indication Setting Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
No. contents contents
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12 External NO
low noise / { z z z z z z { z z { { z z (Factory { z z z z z 9
Demand set)
setting
YES { z z z z 9 z
22 Night-time OFF
low noise { z { z { { z (Factory { z z z z z z
setting setting)
Mode 1 { z z z z z 9
Mode 2 { z z z z 9 z
Mode 3 { z z z z 9 9
26 Night-time { z { { z { z PM 8:00 { z z z z z 9
low noise
start setting PM 10:00
(Factory { z z z z 9 z
setting)
PM 0:00 { z z z 9 z z
27 Night-time { z { { z { { AM 6:00 { z z z z z 9
low noise
end setting AM 7:00 { z z z z 9 z
AM 8:00
(Factory { z z z 9 z z
setting)
29 Capacity Low noise
precedence precedence
setting
{ z { { { z { (Factory
{ z z z z z 9
setting)
Capacity
precedence
{ z z z z 9 z
30 Demand 60 % of
setting 1 { z { { { { z rated power { z z z z z 9
consumption
70 % of
rated power
consumption { z z z z 9 z
(Factory
setting)
80 % of
rated power { z z z 9 z z
consumption
32 Normal OFF
demand { z z z z z z (Factory { z z z z z 9
setting setting)
ON { z z z z 9 z
Setting mode indication section Setting No. indication section Set contents indication section
106 Test Operation

3.2.4 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation

* When the outdoor unit is stopped and the entire quantity of refrigerant cannot be
charged from the stop valve on the liquid side, make sure to charge the remaining
quantity of refrigerant using this procedure. If the refrigerant quantity is insufficient,
the unit may malfunction.
Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Make sure to completely open the stop valve on the gas side and the stop valve on the
liquid side.
Connect the refrigerant charge hose to the service port (for additionally charging the
refrigerant).
In the stopped status, set to ON the refrigerant additional charging operation A in
set mode 2 (H1P: Turn on).
The operation is automatically started.
(The LED indicator H2P flickers, and "Test run" and "Under centralized control" are
displayed in the remote controller.)
After charging the specified quantity of refrigerant, press the RETURN button (BS3) to stop
the operation.
The operation is automatically stopped within 30 minutes.
If charging is not completed within 30 minutes, set and perform the refrigerant
additional charging operation A again.
If the refrigerant additional charging operation is stopped soon, the refrigerant may be
overcharged.
Never charge extra refrigerant.
Disconnect the refrigerant charge hose.
Test Operation 107

3.2.5 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode

When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective expansion valve of
indoor and outdoor units
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to the
refrigerant recovery unit for more detal.)
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
108 Test Operation

3.2.6 Setting of Vacuuming Mode

In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and
outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation.
d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.7 Check Operation

To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site, the system is provided with a test
operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring, stop valve left in closed, coming out (or
misplacing with suction pipe thermistor) of discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping
length, refrigerant overcharging, and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic
expansion valve.
CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
LED display (H1P~H7P) (8:ON 3:OFF 9:BLINK)

Unit stopping
3383333
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1 Pressure equalizing
3933338
10 sec to 10 minutes
Step 2 Cooling start control

3933383
20 sec to 2 minutes
Step 3 Stability waiting operation
3933388
10 minutes
Step4~6 Judgment function
• Stop valve close check 3933833
• Wrong wiring check 3933838
• Piping length check 3933883
3 minutes
Step 7 Refrigerant over charge judgment

3933888
15 minutes
Step 8 Pump down residual operation

3938338
5 seconds
Step 9 Standby for restarting

3938383
2 minutes
Completion
Test Operation 109

110 Test Operation

Si34-603
Part 7
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................113
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................116
2.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................116
2.2 Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................117
2.3 Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................118
2.4 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................120
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................121
2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................123
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................130
3.1 “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................130
3.2 “A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect.........................................................131
3.3 “A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H) ......132
3.4 “A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................134
3.5 “A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (MA) .......................135
3.6 “A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (20E) ........................................................137
3.7 “AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit..............................................139
3.8 “AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........140
3.9 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T)
for Heat Exchanger ..............................................................................141
3.10 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes..........142
3.11 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........143
3.12 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............144
3.13 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Controller ................................................................................145
3.14 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect ......................................................146
3.15 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch ..........................147
3.16 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ..........................149
3.17 “E5” Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................151
3.18 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................152
3.19 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................153
3.20 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ..................155
3.21 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................156
3.22 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air.....157
3.23 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) ....158
3.24 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................159
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................160
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................161
3.27 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R6T) ................................................162
Troubleshooting 111
Si34-603
3.28 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................163

3.29 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor.......................164
3.30 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................165
3.31 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of
Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise .............................................166
3.32 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................167
3.33 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................168
3.34 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error..............................................169
3.35 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................170
3.36 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit ...171
3.37 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................172
3.38 “UO” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant
Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure ..................................173
3.39 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................175
3.40 “U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................177
3.41 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................178
3.42 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and
Indoor Unit............................................................................................180
3.43 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................181
3.44 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................182
3.45 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................184
3.46 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller ........................185
3.47 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................186
3.48 “UF” System is not Set yet .....................................................................188
3.49 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined...189
Remote Controller ...............................................................................190
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.......................................................190
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................191
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control .......................................................192
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting ..........................................195
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller.......196
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................196
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................198
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................201
112 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure
1 The system does not start operation at all. Blowout of fuse(s) Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
Cutout of breaker(s) • If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure After the power failure is reset,

restart the system.
2 The system starts operation but makes an Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
immediate stop. or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
3 The system does not cool or heat air well. Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s) Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to "LOW" Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s) Shut it tightly.
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a
room
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
4 The system does The system stops and If the OPERATION lamp on the Normal operation. The system will
not operate. immediately restarts operation. remote controller turns ON, the automatically start operation after
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST system will be normal. These a lapse of five minutes.
button immediately resets the symptoms indicate that the
system. system is controlled so as not to
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with Operate the system using the
"UNDER CENTRALIZED centralized controller. Blinking COOL/HEAT centralized remote
CONTROL", which blinks for a display indicates that the system controller.
period of several seconds cannot be operated using the
when the OPERATION button remote controller.
is depressed.
The system stops immediately The system is in preparation Wait for a period of approximately
after turning ON the power mode of micro computer one minute.
supply. operation.
5 The system The remote controller displays The system stops due to an Remove causes of electrical
makes malfunction codes "U4" and interruption in communication noises.
intermittent "U5", and the system stops but between units caused by If these causes are removed, the
stops. restarts after a lapse of several electrical noises coming from system will automatically restart
minutes. equipment other than air operation.
conditioners.
6 COOL-HEAT The remote controller displays This remote controller has no Use a remote controller with
selection is "UNDER CENTRALIZED option to select cooling operation. option to select cooling operation.
disabled. CONTROL".
The remote controller displays COOL-HEAT selection is made Use the COOL-HEAT selection
"UNDER CENTRALIZED using the COOL-HEAT selection remote controller to select cool or
CONTROL", and the COOL- remote controller. heat.
HEAT selection remote
controller is provided.
Troubleshooting 113
Symptom-based Troubleshooting Si34-603

7 The system This symptom occurs The system is in preparation Wait for a period of approximately
conducts fan immediately after turning ON mode of operation. 10 minutes.
operation but not the power supply.
cooling or
heating
operation.
8 The airflow rate Even pressing the AIRFLOW In heating operation, when the Normal operation.
is not RATE SET button makes no room temperature reaches the set
reproduced changes in the airflow rate. degree, the outdoor unit will stop
according to the while the indoor unit is brought to
setting. fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating operation,
the system will be brought to fan
LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
9 The airflow The airflow direction is not Automatic control Normal operation.
direction is not corresponding to that
reproduced displayed on the remote
according to the controller.
setting. The flap does not swing.
10 A white mist <Indoor unit> Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
comes out from In cooling operation, the due to heavy stain of the inside of
the system. ambient humidity is high. the indoor unit
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit> Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the Normal operation.
Immediately after cooling indoor unit results to be vapor
operation stopping, the from the unit.
ambient temperature and
humidity are low.
<Indoor and outdoor units> Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation.
After the completion of vapor and comes out from the
defrosting operation, the units.
system is switched to heating
operation.
11 The system <Indoor unit> These are operating sounds of Normal operation.
produces Immediately after turning ON the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after a
sounds. the power supply, indoor unit the indoor unit. lapse of approximately one
produces "ringing" sounds. minute.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are gas (refrigerant) flowing
continuously produced while in respectively through the indoor
cooling or defrosting operation. and outdoor units.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are produced when the gas (refrigerant) stops
immediately after the startup or or changes flowing.
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
Faint sounds are continuously the drain discharge device in
produced while in cooling operation.
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Creaking" sounds are resin parts expanding and
produced while in heating contracting with temperature
operation or after stopping the changes.
operation.
<Indoor unit> On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
Sounds like "trickling" or the are produced when other indoor
like are produced from indoor units in operation. The reason is
units in the stopped state. that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
<Outdoor unit> The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
Pitch of operating sounds changes the operating frequency.
changes.
114 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Symptom-based Troubleshooting

12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
from the system. system when it restarts after inside of indoor unit, is blown out
the stop for an extended period from the system.
of time.
13 Odors come out In operation Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit
from the system. adsorbed to the inside of indoor should be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
14 Outdoor unit fan In operation The reason is that fan revolutions Normal operation.
does not rotate. are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON The reason is that the system is Normal operation.
appears on the the power supply checking to be sure the remote This code is displayed for a period
remote controller is normal. of approximately one minute at
controller. maximum.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or Normal operation.
compressor or refrigerant from dwelling. It stops after a lapse of
the outdoor unit approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
fan does not
stop.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
hot. is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
18 Hot air comes Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity Normal operation.
out from the stops. of refrigerant is fed to indoor units
system even in the stopped state when other
though it stops. indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry Change the system to cooling
not cool air well. operation serves not to reduce operation.
the room temperature where
possible.
Troubleshooting 115
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Si34-603
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller

2.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button

for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made Service data can be obtained.
• Filter sign time
Local • Malfunciton code history
setting Service
• Air flow direction mode • Temperature data of various sections
• Others mode Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
for more than 4 seconds.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Press Inspection/Test Operation
Or after 30 minutes
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.

• Malfunction codes Test
• Indoor model code Inspection operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
• Outdoor model code mode mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation

(V0815)
button once.
116 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.2 Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller

Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what
kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 124 for malfunction code and
malfunction contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for

which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds or
more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display,
the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No. will
change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal
mode (displaying the set temperature).
Troubleshooting 117
2.3 Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller

In the Case of If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
BRC7C Type section flashes.
BRC7E Type The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
BRC4C Type malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”
The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
*1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates
that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
*2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
118 Troubleshooting
The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
Troubleshooting 119
2.4 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection / Test

Operation Button
Unit 0
Malfunction code L0
Inspection
Normal display (No display) Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Inspection/test Push the button.

operation
Unit 0 Example of capacity code display

Malfunction code L0 0 7 1... Capacity code
Inspection F... Indoor unit system code Example model Display
C... Indoor unit type code
Inspection mode FXCQ25 028
J... Progression code
FXFQ63 071
operation
Indoor unit system code
Display Product classification System classification
1 VRV system (VAV indoor unit)
071
FCJ 2 VRV system Outdoor air processing unit
F VRV system Standard indoor unit
Indoor unit model code display H VRV system New ceilling suspended cassette
Indoor unit type code
Inspection/test Push the button. Display Type Model
operation
A Wall mounted FXAQ
C Double flow FXCQ
E Corner FXKQ
–––
AA1 F Multi flow FXFQ
H Ceiling suspended FXHQ
Outdoor unit model code display J Built-in FXSQ
L Floor standing FXLQ
Inspection/test Push the button. P Concealed ceiling duct FXMQ
operation
L Concealed floor standing type FXNQ
6 Multi flow 600×600 FXZQ
3 Slim Ceilling mounted duct FXDQ
5 New ceilling suspended cassette FXUQ
Test operation
Outdoor model code
Test operation mode
Display Type Model
AA1 VRV System Inverter K Series RSXYP
operation AA3 R-407C VRV PLUS Series RXYP
A92 VRV Heat Recovery Series RSEYP
AA5 High COP type R-407C L Series RSXYP-L
AAA VRV II RXYQ-M
AAC VRV II M/C RXYQ-MA
AAE VRV III RXYQ-P
A8E VRV III-S RXYMQ-P
120 Troubleshooting
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode

How to Enter the
Service Mode
Service Mode 1. Select the mode No.

Operation Set the desired mode No. with the button.
Method (For wireless remote controller, Mode 43 only can be set.)
2. Select the unit No. (For group control only)
Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode . (For wireless remote controller,
button.)
3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45)
In case of Mode 44, 45, push button to be able to change setting before setting work.
(LCD “code” blinks.)
For details, refer to the table in next page.
4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45)
Define by pushing the timer button.
After defining, LCD “code” changes blinking to ON.
5. Return to the normal operation mode.
Push the button one time.
Troubleshooting 121
Mode Function Contents and operation method Remote controller display example
No
Malfunction Display malfunction hysteresis.
40 hysteresis display The history No. can be changed with the Unit 1
button.
Malfunction code 40
2-U4
Malfunction code
Hystory No: 1 - 9
(VE007) 1: Latest
Display of sensor Display various types of data.

41 and address data
Select the data to be displayed with the Sensor data display
button. Sensor data
0: Thermostat sensor in remote controller. Unit No. Sensor type
1: Suction
2: Liquid pipe
3: Gas pipe 1 1
27 41
Address data
4: Indoor unit address Temperature ºC
5: Outdoor unit address
6: BS unit address Address display
7: Zone control address
8: Cool/heat group address Unit No. Address type
9: Demand / low noise address
1 8
1 41
(VE008) Address
Forced fan ON Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When

43 you want to search for the unit No.)
Unit 1
By selecting the unit No. with the button,
you can turn the fan of each indoor unit on
(forced ON) individually. 43
(VE009)
Individual setting Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each
44 unit
Unit 1
Select the unit No. with the time mode
Code
button. Set the fan speed with the
button. 44
1 3
Set the air flow direction with the button.
Fan speed 1: Low Air flow direction
3: High P0 - P4
(VE010)
Unit No. transfer Transfer unit No.

45 Select the unit No. with the button.
Present unit No.
Set the unit No. after transfer with the
button. Unit 1
Code
0 2 45
Unit No. after
transfer
(VE011)
122 Troubleshooting
2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function

The remote controller switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more
appropriate maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the
operation lamp, malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the
contents and location of the malfunction.
When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be
diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display
and display of malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control.
Operation lamp
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for

which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display Malfunction code
(VL050)
Troubleshooting 123
8: ON 7: OFF 9: Blink
Malfunction Operation Inspection Unit No. Malfunction contents Page
code lamp display Referred
Indoor Unit A0 9 9 9 Error of external protection device 130
A1 9 9 9 PC board defect, E2 PROM defect 131
A3 9 9 9 Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L) 132
A6 9 9 9 Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload 134
A7 8 9 9 Malfunction of swing flap motor (MA) 135
A9 9 9 9 Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion 137
valve (20E)
AF 8 7 9 Drain level about limit 139
AJ 9 9 9 Malfunction of capacity setting 140
C4 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange 141
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
C5 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes (loose 142
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
C9 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for air inlet (loose 143
CJ 8 9 8 Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote controller 145
Outdoor Unit E1 9 9 9 PC board defect 146
E3 9 9 9 Actuation of high pressure switch 147
E4 9 9 9 Actuation of low pressure sensor 149
E5 9 9 9 Compressor motor lock 151
E6 9 9 9 Standard compressor lock or over current —
E7 9 9 9 Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 152
E9 9 9 9 Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion 153
valve (Y1E, Y2E)
F3 9 9 9 Abnormal discharge pipe temperature 155
F6 9 9 9 Refrigerant overcharged 156
H3 8 7 9 Failure of high pressure switch —
H4 9 9 9 Actuation of low pressure switch —
H7 9 9 9 Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal —
H9 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air (loose 157
J2 9 9 9 Current sensor malfunction —
J3 9 9 9 Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R31~33T) 158
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
J5 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for suction pipe 159
failure)
J6 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R4T) for heat exchanger 160
failure)
J7 9 9 9 Malfunction of receiver outlet liquid pipe thermistor (R7T) 161
J9 9 9 9 Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe 162
thermistor (R5T)
JA 9 9 9 Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor 163
JC 9 9 9 Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor 164
L0 9 9 9 Inverter system error —
L1 9 9 9 Malfunction of PC board 165
L4 9 9 9 Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 166
L5 9 9 9 DC output overcurrent of inverter compressor 167
L8 9 9 9 Inverter current abnormal 168
L9 9 9 9 Inverter start up error 169
124 Troubleshooting
8: ON 7: OFF 9: Blink
Malfunction Operation Inspection Unit No. Malfunction contents Page
code lamp display Referred
Outdoor Unit LA 9 9 9 Malfunction of power unit —
LC 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between inverter and 170
control PC board
P1 9 9 9 High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit. 171
P4 8 9 8 Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 172
sensor
System U0 8 7 9 Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or 173
electronic expansion valve failure
U1 9 9 9 Reverse phase / open phase —
U2 9 9 9 Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 175
U3 9 9 9 Check operation is not completed. 177
U4 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between indoor and 178
outdoor units
U5 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between remote 180
controller and indoor unit
U5 7 8 7 Failure of remote controller PC board or setting 180
during control by remote controller
U7 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units —
U8 9 9 7 Malfunction of transmission between main and sub 181
remote controllers (malfunction of sub remote controller)
U9 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and 182
outdoor unit in the same system
UA 9 9 9 Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, 184
indoor units and remote controller
UC 8 8 8 Address duplication of central remote controller 185
UE 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between central remote 186
controller and indoor unit
UF 9 9 9 Refrigerant system not set, incompatible wiring / 188
piping
UH 9 9 9 Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address 189
undefined
Central UE 9 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between central remote 190
Remote controller and indoor unit
Controller
and M1 8 or 7 9 9 Central remote controller PC board defect 191
Schedule Schedule timer PC board defect
Timer M8 8 or 7 9 9 Malfunction of transmission between optional 192
controllers for centralized control
MA 8 or 7 9 9 Improper combination of optional controllers for 193
centralized control
MC 8 or 7 9 9 Address duplication, improper setting 195
Heat 64 8 7 9 Indoor unit’s air thermistor error —
Reclaim 65 8 7 9 Outside air thermistor error —
Ventilation
68 8 7 9 Malfunction of HVU —
6A 8 7 9 Damper system alarm —
6A 9 9 9 Damper system + thermistor error —
6F 8 7 9 Malfunction of simple remote controller —
94 9 9 9 Internal transmission error —
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Troubleshooting 125
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board

<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction Malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the code
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”. In-phase malfunction of DIII Net Detection of DIII Net E1
Abnormal discharge pressure HPS activated E3
Abnormal suction pressure Abnormal Pe E4
Compressor lock Detection of INV compressor lock E5
Over load, over current, Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock E7
abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor
Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock
<Selection of setting item> Malfunction of electronic expansion EV1 E9
valve
Push the SET (BS2) button and set EV3
the LED display to a setting item. Faulty sensor of outdoor air Faulty Ta sensor (short) H9
temperature
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Abnormal Td F3
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant over charge F6
Faulty sensor of discharge pipe Faulty Tdi sensor (short) J3
temperature
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Faulty sensor of suction pipe Faulty Ts1 sensor (short) J5
Push the RETURN (BS3) button temperature
Faulty Ts2 sensor (short)
once to display "First digit" of Faulty sensor of heat exchanger Faulty Tb sensor (short) J6
malfunction code. temperature
Malfunction of the liquid pipe Faulty TI sensor (short) J7
temperature sensor
Faulty sensor of subcool heat Faulty Tsh sensor (short) J9
exchanger temperature
Faulty sensor of discharge pressure Faulty Pc sensor (short) JA
Faulty sensor of suction pressure Faulty Pe sensor (short) JC
Push the SET (BS2) button once to Detail Faulty Inverter PC board Faulty IPM L1
display "Second digit" of malfunction description Abnormal Current sensor offset
code. on next Abnormal IGBT
page. Faulty Current sensor
Abnormal SP-PAM over-voltage
Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature L4
DC output over current Inverter instantaneous over current L5
<Confirmation of malfunction 3> Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 L8
Push the SET (BS2) button once to Electronic thermal switch 2
display "malfunction location". Out-of-step
Speed down after startup
Lightening detection
Stall prevention (Limit time) Stall prevention (Current increasing) L9
Stall prevention (Faulty start up)
Abnormal wave form in startup
<Confirmation of malfunction 4> Out-of-step
Transmission error between inverter Inverter transmission error LC
Push the SET (BS2) button once to and outdoor unit
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".

“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and

returns to “Setting mode 1”.
126 Troubleshooting
8: ON 7: OFF 9:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E1 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 9 9 8 7 7 7 7 7 9 8 8 7 7 9 9
E3 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
E4 9 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
E5 9 7 9 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
E7 9 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 ∗1
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 9
E9 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7
H9 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 ∗1
F3 9 7 9 7 9 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 ∗1
F6 9 7 9 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
J3 9 7 9 9 7 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
J5 9 7 9 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9
J6 9 7 9 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
∗1
J7 9 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
J9 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
JA 9 9 7 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
JC 9 9 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
L1 9 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 7
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 7 7
L4 9 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
L5 9 7 9 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
L8 9 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 ∗1
L9 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7
LC 9 9 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9
Display of contents of Display of contents of Display 1 of Display 2 of

malfunction (first digit) malfunction (second digit) malfunction in detail malfunction in detail
∗1 7 7 Master
7 9 Slave1
9 7 Slave2
9 9 System
Troubleshooting 127
<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction Malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the code
MODE (BS1) button when in Open phase/Power supply imbalance Imbalance of inverter power supply P1
“Setting mode 1”. voltage
Faulty temperature sensor of inverter Faulty thermistor of inverter fin P4
radiation fin
Gas shortage Gas shortage alarm U0
Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage U2
Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit
<Selection of setting item> Malfunction due to SP-PAM overvoltage
Push the SET (BS2) button and set Malfunction due to P-N short circuit
the LED display to a setting item. No implementation of test-run U3
Transmission error between indoor I/O transmission error U4

and outdoor unit
I/O transmission error
Transmission error of other system Indoor unit system abnormal in other U9
system or other indoor unit system
<Confirmation of malfunction 1> abnormal in own system
Push the RETURN (BS3) button Erroneous field setting System transmission malfunction UA
once to display "First digit" of Overconnection malfunction of indoor units
malfunction code. Malfunction of field setting
Refrigerant abnormal
Connection error (BP unit)
Faulty system malfunction Wiring error (Auto-address error) UH
Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting Conflict in wiring and piping UF
for system
Push the SET (BS2) button once to Detail
display "Second digit" of malfunction description
code. on next
page.

Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".

Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".

“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and

returns to “Setting mode 1”.
128 Troubleshooting
8: ON 7: OFF 9:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1 9 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
∗1
P4 9 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
U0 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
U2 9 7 7 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7
∗1
9 7 7 7 7 7 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 7
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9
U3 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9
U4 9 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9
U9 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
UA 9 9 7 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9
9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7 9 9
9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 9 9
9 7 7 9 7 9 7 9 9 9
UH 9 9 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
UF 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9
Display of contents of Display of contents of Display 1 of Display 2 of

malfunction (first digit) malfunction (second digit) malfunction in detail malfunction in detail
∗1 7 7 Master
7 9 Slave1
9 7 Slave2
9 9 System
Troubleshooting 129
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Si34-603
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote

Controller
3.1 “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
Remote A0
Controller
Display
Applicable All indoor unit models

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Actuation of external protection device

Causes Improper field set
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
Caution or parts damage may be occurred.
External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1 YES
Actuation of external protection
and T2 of the indoor device.
unit terminal
block.
NO
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has been YES
set to external protection Change the second code No. to
device input (second "01" or "02" .
code No. 03)
by remote
controller.
NO
Indoor unit PC board replacement.
(V2776)
130 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.2 “A1 ” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect

Remote A1
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Check data from E²PROM.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
Decision E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
Conditions supply is turned off.
Supposed Defect of indoor unit PC board

Causes
Troubleshooting
Turn power supply OFF, then

power ON again.
Does
YES
the system return External factor other than
to normal? malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC

board. (V2777)
Troubleshooting 131
3.3 “A3 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control

System (33H)
Remote A3
Controller
Display
Applicable FXCQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ,

Models FXHQ (Option), FXAQ (Option)
Method of By float switch OFF detection

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed 220~240V power supply is not provided

Causes Defect of float switch or short circuit connector
Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Loose connection of connector
132 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Is power supply NO
220~240V provided? Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float A short
switch is connected to NO circuit connector is NO
X8A (or X15A) of the indoor unit connected to Connect either a short circuit
PC board. X8A. connector or float switch and
turn on again.
YES YES
The float
switch contact is
forming a short circuit Becomes NO
YES normal when X8A (or X15A) of
(continuity check Defect of indoor unit PC board.
with X8A (or X15A) the indoor unit PC board
disconnected) is short circuited
NO YES
Loose connection of connector.
Water builds up NO The float switch NO

in the drain pan. functions normally. Replace float switch.
YES YES Modify the float switch's

connection and turn on again.
The drain
pump is connected NO
to X25A or terminals Y1 Connect the drain pump and
and Y2 of the turn on again.
indoor unit PC
board.
YES
The drain
pump works when YES
the power supply is reset Check the drain piping for
for the indoor clogging or upward slope, etc.
unit.
NO
The voltage
of terminals Y1
and Y2 or X25A is NO
220~240 V (within Replace indoor unit PC board.
5minutes of resetting
the power
supply).
YES
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.
(V2778)
Troubleshooting 133
3.4 “A6 ” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload

Remote A6
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When number of turns can’t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Fan motor lock

Causes Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board
Troubleshooting
Is the
wiring from the fan
motor securely connected NO
Connect the wiring and turn on
to connectors on the again.
indoor unit PC
board?
YES
Wiring
between the
indoor unit PC board and YES
Fix the wiring and turn on again.
fan motor is
disconnected.
NO
YES
Does the fan motor run? Replace the indoor unit PC board.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
(V2779)
134 Troubleshooting
3.5 “A7 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (MA)

Remote A7
Controller
Display
Applicable FXCQ, FXKQ, FXHQ, FXUQ

Models
Method of Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
Decision motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Conditions
Supposed Defect of swing motor

Causes Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam
Troubleshooting 135
Troubleshooting
Is power supply NO
220~240V provided? Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit
is a model equipped NO
with a swing flap Replace indoor unit PC board.
function
YES
The swing
motor works when YES The connector NO
the power supply is turned is connected to X9A (or X15A) of Connect the connector to X9A
off and then back the indoor unit PC and turn on again.
on. board.
NO YES
The limit switch NO

functions normally. Replace swing motor.
YES
The connecting YES

cable is short-circuited Replace the limit switch
After or disconnected. connecting cable.
turning
the swing-flap NO
ON and then stopping
with the remote controller,
the voltage of X6A (or X29A) of NO
the indoor unit PC board is 220 ~ 240 Replace indoor unit PC board.
VAC (50 Hz) / 220 VAC
(60 Hz) when turned on
again (within 30
seconds of
turning on
again).
YES
The connecting cable YES

has no continuity. Replace the power supply
connecting cable.
NO
When
the air flow
direction flap's cam
mechanism is disconnected NO
from the swing motor, Replace swing motor.
operation is normal
when turned
on again.
YES
Take the cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn on
again.
(V2780)
136 Troubleshooting
3.6 “A9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of

Electronic Expansion Valve (20E)
Remote A9
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve

Causes Defect of indoor unit PC board
Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting
The
electronic
expansion valve is NO
connected to X7A of the After connecting, turn the power
indoor unit PC supply off and then back on.
board.
YES
Normal
when coil check
(∗1) of the moving part of NO
Replace the moving part of the
the electronic expansion electronic expansion valve.
valve is
checked.
YES
The connecting YES

cable is short-circuited or Replace the connecting cable.
disconnected.
NO
If you turn the power supply off
and turn on again, and it still does
not help, replace the indoor unit
PC board.
(V2781)
Troubleshooting 137
∗1: Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve
Discount the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between
the connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No. 1. White 2. Yellow 3. Orange 4. Blue 5. Red 6. Brown
1. White × { × { ×
Approx. Approx.
300Ω 150Ω
2. Yellow × { × {
Approx. Approx.
300Ω 150Ω
3. Orange × { ×
Approx.
150Ω
4. Blue × {
Approx.
150Ω
5. Red ×
6. Brown
{: Continuity
×: No continuity
138 Troubleshooting
3.7 “AF ” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit

Remote AF
Controller
Display
Applicable FXCQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ

Models
Method of Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
Malfunction non-operation.
Detection
Malfunction When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking

Causes Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Field drain
piping has a defect such as YES
Modify the drain piping.
upward sloping.
NO
A humidifier
unit (optional accessory) YES
Check if the humidifier unit is
is installed on the leaking.
indoor unit.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
(V2782)
Troubleshooting 139
3.8 “AJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination

Device
Remote AJ
controller display

Models
Method of Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
Malfunction inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal
Detection is determined.
Malfunction Operation and:

Decision 1. When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting
Conditions adaptor is not connected.
2. When a capacity that doesn’t exist for that unit is set.
Supposed You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adaptor.

Troubleshooting
The indoor NO
unit PC board was replaced Replace the indoor unit PC board.
with a replacement
PC board.
YES
The indoor
unit is a model that
requires installation of a NO
capacity setting adaptor Replace the indoor unit PC board.
when replacing the
PC board.
YES
Install a capacity setting adaptor.
(V2783)
140 Troubleshooting
3.9 “C4 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for

Heat Exchanger
Remote C4
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe

Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to X12A NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
of the indoor unit PC on again.
board.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after NO
disconnecting the thermistor Replace the thermistor (R2T).
(R2T) from the indoor
unit PC board
(3.5kΩ~
360kΩ)
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2784)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P231.
Troubleshooting 141
3.10 “C5 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas

Pipes
Remote C5
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe

Troubleshooting
Connector is NO
connected to X11A of Connect the thermistor and turn
the indoor unit PC on again.
board.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T).
unit PC board.
(0.6kΩ~
360kΩ)
YES
(V2785)
142 Troubleshooting
3.11 “C9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for

Suction Air
Remote C9
Controller
Display
Applicable AII indoor unit models

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature
Malfunction thermistor.
Detection
Malfunction When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is
Decision running.
Conditions
Supposed Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet

Troubleshooting
Connector NO
is connected to X13A Connect the thermistor and turn
of the indoor unit on again.
PC board.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor NO Replace the thermistor (R1T).
unit PC board.
(7.2kΩ~
112kΩ)
YES
(V2786)
Troubleshooting 143
3.12 “CA ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge

Air
Remote CA
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by discharge air temperature
Detection
Malfunction When the discharge air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit
Decision is running.
Conditions
Supposed Defect of indoor unit thermistor for air outlet

Troubleshooting
Connector NO
is connected to the indoor Connect the thermistor and turn
unit PC board. on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor NO Replace the thermistor.
from the indoor unit
PC board.
(7.2kΩ~
112kΩ)
YES
(V2786)
144 Troubleshooting
3.13 “CJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in

Remote Controller
Remote CJ
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote controller air
Malfunction temperature thermistor. (Note1)
Detection
Malfunction When the remote controller air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while
Decision the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed Defect of remote controller thermistor

Causes Defect of remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
Turn power supply OFF, then

power ON again.
Is "CJ" YES
displayed on the remote Replace remote controller.
controller?
NO
External factor other than
equipment malfunction.
(for example, noise etc.)
(V2787)
Note: In case of remote controller thermistor malfunction, unit is still operable by suction air thermistor
on indoor unit.
Troubleshooting 145
3.14 “E1 ” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect

Remote E1
Controller
Display
Applicable RX(Y)MQ4~6P
Models
Method of Check data from E²PROM

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
Decision E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
Conditions supply is turned off.
Supposed Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)

Causes
Troubleshooting
Turn off the power once and

turn on again.
YES External factor other than

Return to normal?
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
main PC Board (A1P).
(V3064)
146 Troubleshooting
3.15 “E3 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch

Remote E3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation
Decision mode.
Conditions (Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0MPa
Reset pressure: 3.0MPa
Supposed Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch

Causes Defect of High pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit PC board
Instantaneous power failure
Faulty high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting 147
Troubleshooting
Check for the points shown below.

Is the stop valve open?
Is the HPS connector properly connected to the
main PCB?
Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the NO
three points above Rectify defective points, if any.
OK?
YES
· Mount a pressure gauge on the high-pressure service port.
· Connect the Service Checker.
· Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Does the stop YES Is the HPS NO

due to malfunction (E3) operating value normal Replace the HPS.
recur? (i.e., 4.0MPa)?
NO YES
Are the
characteristics of the high NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
pressure sensor normal?
(See *1.)
YES
Is the
pressure detected with NO
the PCB normal? Replace the main PCB.
(See *2.)
YES
· The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal.
· The high pressure has really become high.
Referring to information on page 202, remove the causes by

CHECK 1 which the high pressure has become high.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on page 233.)
*2: Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4) Red
High
(3) Black
pressure
sensor
(2)
Micro controller
A/D input (1) White
Make measurement of DC
voltage between these wires.
148 Troubleshooting
3.16 “E4 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor

Remote E4
Controller
Display
Applicable RXYMQ4~6P
Models
Method of Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure.
Decision Operating pressure:0.07MPa
Conditions
Supposed Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa)

Causes Defect of low pressure sensor
Stop valve is not opened.
Troubleshooting 149
Troubleshooting
Is the stop NO
Open the stop valve.
valve open?
YES
Mount a pressure gauge on the low-pressure service port.
Connect the Service Checker.
Reset the operation using the remote controller, and then
restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor.
normal?
(See *1.)
YES
Is the
pressure detected NO
with the PCB Replace the main PCB.
normal?
(See *2.)
YES
· The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure
detected with the PCB is also normal.
· The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 Referring to information on page 203, remove the

causes by which the low pressure has become low.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on page 233.)
*2: Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
(4) Red
(3) Black Low

pressure
Micro controller
(2) White sensor
A/D input
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires.
150 Troubleshooting
3.17 “E5 ” Compressor Motor Lock

Remote E5
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
Malfunction compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase-
Detection current waveform.
Malfunction This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in
Decision forced startup mode.
Conditions
Supposed Compressor lock

Causes High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
Stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting
Check the installation

conditions.
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the UVW wiring NO

Connect correctly.
normal?
YES
Is high YES
differential pressure starting? Remedy the cause.
(0.5MPa or more)
NO
Check and see

whether compressor is YES
Replace the compressor.
short-circuited or
ground.
NO
Are inverter NO
output voltages the same Replace the inverter PC
for 3 phases? board (A1P).
YES
Does low or
high pressure vary YES
even instantaneously when
restarting
compressor?
NO
Replace the compressor.
(V2793)
Troubleshooting 151
3.18 “E7 ” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor

Remote E7
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC
Malfunction when the fan motor runs.
Detection
Malfunction When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan
Decision motor running conditions are met
Conditions When malfunction is generated 4 times, the system shuts down.
Supposed Malfunction of fan motor

Causes The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected, or faulty
connector
Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled
Clearing condition: Operate for 5 minutes (normal)
Troubleshooting
Connector YES
of fan motor is Connect the connector.
disconnected.
NO
Is there any YES
obstacle around Remove the obstacle.
the fan?
NO
Can the fan

be turned smoothly NO
with hand after disconnect Replace the fan motor of
the connector of outdoor unit.
fan motor?
YES
Check No. 3
Check on connector of fan
motor (Refering to
information on page 204)
Are the
resistances between pins NO
Replace the fan motor of
above judgment?
outdoor unit.
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC
board.
152 Troubleshooting
3.19 “E9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of

Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)
Remote E9
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Check disconnection of connector

Malfunction Check continuity of expansion valve coil
Detection
Malfunction Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve

Causes Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting 153
Troubleshooting
Turn power supply off, and

turn power supply on again.
YES
Return to normal? External factor other than
malfunction (for example, noise
NO etc.).
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X21A and NO
After connecting, turn the power
X22A of outdoor unit off and then back on again.
PC board
(A1P).
YES
Normal
when coil
check (∗1) of the moving NO
part of the electronic Replace the moving part of the
expansion valve is electronic expansion valve.
checked.
YES
The connecting YES

cable is short-circuited or Replace the connecting cable.
disconnected.
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3067)
∗Make measurement of resistance

between the connector pins, and
then make sure the resistance
falls in the range of 40 to 50Ω.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
Measuring points
(Yellow) 3 1-6
2-6
(Black) 4
3-6
5 4-6
(Gray) 6
(V3067)
154 Troubleshooting
3.20 “F3 ” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe

Temperature
Remote F3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
Malfunction temperature sensor.
Detection
Malfunction When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level
Decision When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly
Conditions
Supposed Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor

Causes Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor
Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Discharge
pipe temperature is YES
120˚C or higher when the Refrigerant shortage, compression
unit stop by defect, etc. Defect of the
malfunction. refrigerant system.
NO
Pull out the discharge pipe
thermistor from the outdoor
PCB, and then make
measurement of resistance
using a multiple meter.
Are
the characteristics
of the discharge pipe NO
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor normal? thermistor.
(3.5~400KΩ)
∗
YES
(A1P).
(V3068)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P231.
Troubleshooting 155
3.21 “F6 ” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged

Remote F6
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature
Malfunction during a check operation.
Detection
Malfunction When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer
Decision temperature during a check run, exceeds the standard.
Conditions
Supposed Refrigerant overcharge

Causes Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger
Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger
Troubleshooting
Check the mounting condition

of the temperature sensors of
the heat exchanging deicer
thermistor in the piping.
Are the
above thermistor NO
installed on pipes Install thermistor correctly.
correctly?
YES
Remove the heat exchanging
deicer thermister from the
outdoor PCB and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the
characteristic of the NO
above thermistor Replace thermistor.
normal?
YES
Refrigerant overcharged.
(V2797)
156 Troubleshooting
3.22 “H9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for

Outdoor Air
Remote H9
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air

Troubleshooting
Connector is
connected to X11A of NO
Connect the connector and turn on
outdoor PC board again.
(A1P).
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R1T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
(3.5kΩ to
360kΩ)
YES
(A1P).
(V3070)
Troubleshooting 157
3.23 “J3 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe

Thermistor (R2T)
Remote J3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature
Detection
Malfunction When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe

Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to NO
outdoor unit Connect the thermistor and turn
PC board on again.
(A1P).
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
R2T from the outdoor
unit PC board.
(5.0kΩ~
640kΩ)
YES
(A1P).
(V3072)
158 Troubleshooting
3.24 “J5 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T)

for Suction Pipe 1, 2
Remote J5
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2 are detected.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector
of the thermistor for
suction pipe1, 2 is NO
connected to outdoor Connect the thermistor and turn
unit PC board on again.
(A1P).
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor NO Replace the thermistor (R3T, R5T).
(R3T, R5T) from the
outdoor unit PC
board. (3.5kΩ ~
360kΩ)
YES
(A1P).
(V3073)
Troubleshooting 159
3.25 “J6 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for

Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger
Remote J6
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R4T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger

Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to outdoor NO
unit PC board
(A1P). on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after NO
unit PC board.
(3.5kΩ~
360kΩ)
YES
(A1P).
(V3074)
160 Troubleshooting
3.26 “J7 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for

Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe
Remote J7
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe

Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to outdoor NO
unit PC board
(A1P). on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after NO
unit PC board.
(3.5kΩ~
360kΩ)
YES
(A1P).
(V3074)
Troubleshooting 161
3.27 “J9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat

Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R6T)
Remote J9
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger
Malfunction gas pipe thermistor.
Detection
Malfunction When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R6T)

Causes Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Is
the connector
for subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe NO
Connect connector and operate
thermistor connected to unit again.
outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P)?
YES
Is the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor NO
(R6T) from outdoor unit PC Replace thermistor (R6T).
board normal?
(3.5 kΩ to
360 kΩ)
YES Replace outdoor unit PC board

(A1P).
(V3075)
162 Troubleshooting
3.28 “JA ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor

Remote JA
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of high pressure sensor

Causes Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
The high
pressure sensor is
connected to X17A of NO
Connect the high pressure sensor
outdoor unit PC and turn on again.
board (A1P).
YES
The
relationship
between the ∗1
VH and high pressure
is normal (see ∗2) when YES
voltage is measured between Replace outdoor unit PC board
X17A pins (1) and (3) of (A1P).
outdoor unit PC
board (A1P)
(see ∗1).
NO Replace the high pressure sensor.

(V2806)
∗1: Voltage measurement point
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table on P233.
Troubleshooting 163
3.29 “JC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor

Remote JC
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of low pressure sensor

Causes Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
The low
pressure sensor is NO
connected to X18A (blue) Connect low pressure sensor
of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P). property and restart system.
YES
The
relationship
between the ∗1
VL and low pressure is
normal (see ∗2) when voltage YES
is measured between X18A pins Replace outdoor unit PC board
(2) and (3) of outdoor unit (A1P).
PC board (A1P)
(see ∗1).
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
(V2808)
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure/voltage characteristics table on P233.
164 Troubleshooting
3.30 “L1 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board

Remote L1
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup.
Malfunction Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of
Detection startup.
Detect malfunctions using an SP-PAM series capacitor overvoltage sensor.
Malfunction In case of overcurrent (OCP) during waveform output

Decision When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation
Conditions When overvoltage occurs in SP-PAM
In case of IGBT malfunction
Supposed Faulty outdoor PC board (A1P)

Causes • IPM failure
• Current sensor failure
• SP-PAM failure
• Failure of IGBT or drive circuit
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power

supply once and then turn
it ON again.
Does YES
it return normally? It is believed that
external factors (noise,
etc.) other than failure
caused the malfunction.
NO
Replace the outdoor PC

board (A1P).
(PC board equipped with
a resin case )
Troubleshooting 165
3.31 “L4 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin

Temperature Rise
Remote L4
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83°C.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 83°C)

Causes Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
The radiator
fin temperature is supposed YES
Faulty heat radiation of power unit
to have risen to 83°C • Air suction opening blocked
or more. • Dirty radiator fin
• High outdoor temperature
NO
Is the
connector X111A of
the fin thermistor properly NO
Properly connect.
connected to the
outdoor PCB?
YES
Turn ON the power supply,
and then press the remote
controller check button once.
Is the
malfunction code "P4" YES
displayed on the remote To "P4" troubleshooting
controller?
NO
Does the
malfunction code "L4" YES
recur when the unit starts Replace the outdoor PCB (A1P)
operation? as well.
NO
Continue operation.
166 Troubleshooting
3.32 “L5 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal

Remote L5
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When an excessive current flows in the power transistor.

Decision (Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.)
Conditions
Supposed Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)

Causes Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
Defect of inverter PC board
Troubleshooting
Compressor inspection
The compressor's YES

coil is disconnected or the Replace the compressor.
insulation is
defective.
NO
Disconnect the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output
voltage check
Inverter output
voltage is not balanced. YES
Replace the inverter unit.
(Normal if within ±5V Must
be measured when
frequency
is stable.
NO
There is YES
instantenious power Correct power supply.
drop.
NO
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V2812)
Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester.
Troubleshooting 167
3.33 “L8 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal

Remote L8
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When overload in the compressor is detected.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Compressor overload

Causes Compressor coil disconnected
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Output current check
The
secondary
current of the inverter is YES
higher than 24.9A, Compressor overload
260 sec. for Inspection of the compressor and
each phase.
refrigerant system is required.
NO
Compressor
inspection The YES
compressor's coil is Replace the compressor.
disconnected.
NO
Disconnect the the connection
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output
voltage check
Inverter output voltage
is not balanced NO
(Normal if within ±5V). Must
(A1P).
be measured when
frequency
is stable.
YES
After turning NO
on again, "L8" blinks Reset and restart.
again.
YES
compressor.
(V3184)
168 Troubleshooting
3.34 “L9 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error

Remote L9
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When overload in the compressor is detected during startup

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of compressor

Causes Pressure differential start
Troubleshooting
The difference
between high and low NO
pressure when starting Unsatisfactory pressure
is above equalization
0.2MPa. Check refrigerant system.
YES
Disconnect the connection
transistor check mode ON by
service mode.
Inverter
output
voltage check
Inverter output voltage
is not balanced. NO
(Normal if within ±5V) Must
be measured when
(A1P).
frequency
is stable.
YES
After turning NO
on again, "L9" blinks Reset and restart.
again.
YES
compressor.
(V2814)
Troubleshooting 169
3.35 “LC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between

Inverter and Control PC Board
Remote LC
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by micro-
Malfunction computer.
Detection
Malfunction When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control
Causes microcomputer
Defect of noise filter
External factor (Noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
The
microcomputer
monitor (green) on the YES
outdoor unit PC board (A1P).
(A1P) is
blinking.
NO
The voltage
between red and YES
white of X1A on the inverter Replace outdoor unit PC board
unit is the power supply (A1P).
voltage.
NO When the LC malfunction occur

again, replace control PC board.
Check the noise filter (A3P) for
disconnection, and check the
power supply wiring.
170 Troubleshooting
3.36 “P1 ” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main

Inverter Circuit
Remote P1
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the
Malfunction inverter.
Detection
Malfunction When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power
Decision supply open phase.
Conditions
Supposed Defect of main circuit capacitor

Causes Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
Check for the connection of

the main circuit capacitor "C4".
Is the "C4" NO
properly connected? If not connected, connect the "C4".
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
Troubleshooting 171
3.37 “P4 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin

Temperature Rise Sensor
Remote P4
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
Decision status.
Conditions Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor

Troubleshooting
Disconnect the cable from the

Power OFF compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
insulation resistance.
The insulation YES

resistance is low (i.e., not more than Replace the
100kΩ.) compressor.
NO
Remove and insert the fin
thermistor connector [X111A].
Turn ON the YES

Power ON power supply, and then check Replace the outdoor
whether or not the malfunction unit PC board (A1P).
recurs.
NO
End
172 Troubleshooting
3.38 “UO ” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant

Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure
Remote U0
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure
Malfunction saturation temperature.
Detection
Malfunction Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant.

Decision Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
Conditions
Supposed Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping)

Causes Defect of pressure sensor
Defect of thermistor R3T
Troubleshooting 173
Troubleshooting
YES Low pressure YES

Cooling is 0.25 MPa Out of gas, closing of stop
or less. valve or refrigerant system is
clogged. Requires check of
NO NO refrigerant system.
The
voltage
of X18A pins (2)
and (3) on main
outdoor unit PC board YES
Replace main outdoor unit
(A1P) is 1.0 VDC or less. PC board (A1P).
(Low pressure
sensor output
voltage)
∗2
NO
The suction Replace low pressure sensor.
pipe1 temp. minus YES
low pressure saturation Out of gas or refrigerant
temp. is 20 ˚C system is clogged. Requires
or higher. check of refrigerant system.
NO
Resistance
is normal when
measured with the
thermistor (R3T) for NO
suction pipe1 disconnected Replace the thermistor.
from the outdoor
unit PC
board.
∗1
YES
Is the NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure
correct? sensor.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V2819)
∗1: Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P231.

∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P233.
174 Troubleshooting
3.39 “U2 ” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure

Remote U2
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power
Decision supply voltage are detected.
Conditions
Supposed Power supply insufficient

Causes Instantaneous power failure
Defect of outdoor unit fan motor
Defect of outdoor control PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting 175
Troubleshooting
Is the
power supply voltage NO
Correct power supply
200~240V ±10%?
YES
Is the
P-N resistance not less than NO
Field factors
several hundred of
ohms?
YES
Check No.3 ∗ NO
Is the resistance Replace the fan motor
above standard
value?
YES
When the compressor is running,

measure the voltage between
+ and - of electrolytic capacitor
(C+, C-).
Is the measured voltage YES Monitor the voltage

220 VDC or more? (Instantaneous voltage drop)
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
(A1P).
(S2605)
∗ Check No.3 : Refering to information on page 204.
176 Troubleshooting
3.40 “U3 ” Check Operation not Executed

Remote U3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Check operation is executed or not

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Check operation is not executed.

Causes
Troubleshooting
Has the
check operation NO
performed on Outdoor Press the BS4 on PC board on the
unit PC board? master outdoor unit for 5 seconds
or more to execute check
YES operation.
Replace the main PC board on the

outdoor unit.
(V3052)
Troubleshooting 177
3.41 “U4 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units

and Outdoor Units
Remote U4
Controller
Display

Models RX(Y)MQ4~6P
Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
Causes or wrong wiring
Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address doesn’t match
178 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Has
the indoor
or outdoor unit PC
board been replaced,
or has the indoor - outdoor YES
Push and hold the RESET
or outdoor - outdoor unit button on the master outdoor
transmission wiring unit PC Board for 5 seconds.
been ∗ The unit will not operate for
modified? up to 12 minutes.
NO
All
indoor unit Is indoor
remote controllers of the NO - outdoor and outdoor - YES Replace the indoor unit PC
same refrigerant system outdoor unit transmission board.
display wiring normal?
"U4."
NO Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
YES
transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.
The
Outdoor voltage between
unit PC board NO terminals L1 and N of the NO
microcomputer monitor outdoor unit PC board Supply 220~240 V.
(HAP) blinks. is 220~240 V.
YES
YES
The fuse on YES
the outdoor unit's PC Replace the fuse.
board is burnt.
NO
The
secondary voltage NO
of the transformer is about Replace the transformer.
22~24 V.
YES
NO Operation board (A1P).
ready lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
YES
Lamp does YES
not go off for 12 minutes Push and hold the RESET
or more. button on the outdoor unit PC
board for 5 seconds.
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit NO
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring transmission wiring.
normal?
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V3187)
Troubleshooting 179
3.42 “U5 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote

Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote U5
Controller
Display

Models
Method of In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer is signal
Malfunction transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Detection
Malfunction Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of indoor unit remote controller transmission

Causes Connection of two main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Defect of remote controller PC board
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Using SS1 of
YES both remote controllers YES
2-remote controllers Set one remote controller to
control. is set to "MAIN." "SUB"; turn the power supply
NO off once and then back on.
NO
Operation
All indoor NO returns to normal when NO
PC board microcomputer the power is turned off Replace indoor unit PC
monitors blink. momentarily. board.
YES YES
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
Multi-core and turn on again.
cableis used for the YES
indoor unit remote controller Switch to double-core
transmission independent cable.
wiring. replacement
NO
Defect of remote controller PC
board or indoor unit PC board.
Replace whichever is
defective.
(V2823)
180 Troubleshooting
3.43 “U8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub

Remote Controllers
Remote U8
Controller
Display

Models
Method of In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer if signal
Malfunction transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Detection
Malfunction Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controller

Causes Connection between sub remote controllers
Defect of remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
Using 2-remote SS1 NO

NO of remote controller PC boards
controllers control. Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
is set to "MAIN." power supply off once and
then back on.
YES YES
SS1 NO
of both remote controllers is Turn the power off and then
set to "SUB." back on. If a malfunction
occurs, replace the remote
controller PC board.
YES
Set one remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply
off once and then back on.
(V2825)
Troubleshooting 181
3.44 “U9 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and

Outdoor Units in the Same System
Remote U9
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system

Causes Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
182 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
"U9" YES
has been displayed for 2 Re-diagnose by display after
minutes or more. passage of 2 minutes or more.
NO
Turn on all indoor units.
The "UA"
display blinks on the
remote controllers of other YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "UA"
units within the same malfunction code.
refrigerant
system.
NO
The "A1"
display blinks on
the remote controllers of YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A1"
other units within the malfunction code.
same refrigerant
system.
NO
The "A9"
display blinks on
other units within the Refer to failure diagnosis for "A9"
same refrigerant malfunction code.
system.
NO
The "U4"
display blinks on
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U4"
other units within the malfunction code.
same refrigerant
system.
NO
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U5"
malfunction code.
(V2826)
Troubleshooting 183
3.45 “UA ” Excessive Number of Indoor Units

Remote UA
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Excess of connected indoor units

Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts P.C. board.
Troubleshooting
Is the outdoor
P.C. board replaced YES
The refrigerant classification has
to spare parts PC not been set yet.
board?
NO
The total
of indoor units
displaying "UA" and
indoor units connected to the NO There are too many indoor units
same refrigerant system is within the same refrigerant
within connectable system.
number of
unit∗
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds.
NO
Does a malfunction occur? Normal
YES
Does the
refrigerant type of indoor NO
Matches the refrigerant type of
and outdoor unit indoor and outdoor unit.
match?
YES
(A1P).
(V3169)
∗ The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on
the type of outdoor unit.
184 Troubleshooting
3.46 “UC ” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller

Remote UC
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Address duplication of centralized remote controller

Troubleshooting
Optional
controllers for
centralized control are YES
Address duplication of central
connected to the remote controller
indoor unit. The setting must be changed so
that the central remote control
address is not duplicated.
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
(V2828)
Troubleshooting 185
3.47 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Central

Remote Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote UE
Controller
Display

Models Centralized controller
Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized remote controller is
Malfunction normal.
Detection
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor
Causes unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for centralized remote controller
186 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Has
an indoor unit once YES
connected been remove Reset power supply
or its address simultaneously for all optional
changed? controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is
the power supply
turned on for indoor units NO
Turn indoor unit's power
displaying supply.
malfunction?
YES
Is
transmission wiring NO
disconnected or Fix the wiring correctly.
wired incorrectly?
YES
Is
transmission with Is the group NO
NO No. of malfunctioning
all indoor units Set the group No.
malfunctioning? indoor units set? correctly.
YES YES
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
Is
the transmission
wiring with the master NO
controller disconnected Fix the wiring correctly.
or wired
incorrectly?
YES
Is the
master controller's
connector for setting NO
Connect the connector
master controller correctly.
disconnected?
YES
Replace the central PC
board.
(V2829)
Troubleshooting 187
3.48 “UF ” System is not Set yet

Remote UF
Controller
Display
Applicable All models of indoor units

Models RX(Y)MQ4~6P
Method of On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
Malfunction that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Detection
Malfunction The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through
Decision checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Conditions
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
Causes outdoor units
Failure to execute check operation
Stop valve is left in closed
Troubleshooting
Are the stop NO

valves openned? Open stop valve.
YES
Is the Is indoor
NO -outdoor and outdoor- YES
check operation Replace indoor unit PC board.
carried out? outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor NO
and outdoor - outdoor unit After fixing incorrect wiring,
transmission wiring push and hold the RESET
normal? button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
YES ∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may

not have been carried out
successfully.
(V2830)
Note: Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off
for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the
fan mode for at least an hour.
188 Troubleshooting
3.49 “UH ” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address

Undefined
Remote UH
Controller
Display

Models RX(Y)MQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside
Causes control adaptor
Troubleshooting
Is Does
electricity a malfunction
being introduce for occur even after 12
the first time after YES minutes elapses from the NO
installationor after an indoor Normal
time when electricity is
or outdoor unit PC introduced to indoor
board has been and outdoor
replaced? units?
NO YES
Is
indoor - outdoor and NO
outdoor - outdoor unit After fixing incorrect wiring,
transmission wiring push and hold the RESET
normal? button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
YES ∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds
NO
Does a malfunction occur? Normal
YES
Does
a "UH" malfunction occur NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
for all indoor units in
the system?
YES
board (A1P).
(V2831)
Troubleshooting 189
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller Si34-603

Remote Controller
4.1 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote Controller UE
Display

Models Centralized Remote Controller
Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and central remote controller is
Malfunction normal.
Detection
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
Causes Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for central remote controller
Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
Has
an indoor unit once YES
connected been remove Reset power supply
or its address simultaneously for all optional
control.
NO
Is the
power supply turned NO
on for indoor units displaying Turn indoor unit's power
malfunction? supply.
YES
Is
transmission wiring NO
disconnected or wired Fix the wiring correctly.
incorrectly?
YES
Is transmission NO Is the group NO

with all indoor units No. of malfunctioning Set the group No. correctly.
malfunctioning? indoor units set?
YES YES
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
Is the
transmission wiring
with the master controller NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
YES
Is the
master controller's
connector for setting NO
Connect the connector
master controller correctly.
disconnected?
YES
Replace the central PC board.
(V2832)
190 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller
4.2 “M1 ” PC Board Defect

Remote M1
Controller
Display
Applicable Centralized remote controller

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Defect of central remote controller PC board

Causes
Troubleshooting Replace the central remote controller PC board.
Troubleshooting 191
4.3 “M8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional

Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote M8
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control

Causes Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Has a once
connected optional
controller for centralized YES
Reset power supply
control been disconnected simultaneously for all optional
or its address controllers for centralized control.
changed?
NO
Is
the power supply
turned on for all optional NO
Turn on power supply for all
controllers for optional controllers for centralized
centralized control.
control?
YES
Is
the reset switch
of all optional controllers NO
for centralized control set Set reset switch to "normal."
to ''normal?''
YES
Is
transmission wiring YES
incorrectly?
NO
The PC board of one of the
optional controllers for centralized
control is defective. Try turning
on/off using each optional
controllers for centralized control,
and replace the PC board of the
one that is unable to control the
indoor unit.
(V2833)
192 Troubleshooting
4.4 “MA ” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for

Centralized Control
Remote MA
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control

Causes More than one master controller is connected
Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting 193
Troubleshooting
Cannot be used in
Is combination with a wiring
the wiring adaptor for YES adaptor for electrical
electrical appendices appendices. Remove the
connected? wiring adaptor for electrical
appendices and reset the
NO power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and data

station cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
Is a schedule timer YES Is a data station YES either the schedule timer or
connected? connected? data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
NO NO controllers for centralized
Schedule timer and parallel
Is a parallel interface YES interface cannot be used in
connected? either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset
NO the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Is Disconnect the schedule
the schedule timer's YES timer's individual / combined
individual/combined connector and reset the
connector power supply for all optional
connected? controllers for centralized
NO
Are
there two Arrange so that the
or more optional connector for setting master
controllers for centralized YES control is connected to one
control connected with the controller for centralized
connector for setting control and reset the power
master supply for all optional
control? controllers for centralized
NO Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
Reset the power supply for the master controller,
all optional controllers for connect to another optional
centralized control controller for centralized
simultaneously. control and simultaneously
If the malfunction is still not cleared: reset all optional controllers
for centralized control again.
The controller connected by
the connector for setting
master control when the
malfunction is cleared is
defective and must be
replaced.
(V2834)
194 Troubleshooting
4.5 “MC ” Address Duplication, Improper Setting

Remote MC
Controller
Display

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Address duplication of centralized remote controller

Causes
Troubleshooting
Are two
or more centralized YES
remote controllers Disconnect all centralized
connected? remote controllers except one
and reset the power supply of
the centralized remote
NO controller.
Reset power supply of the

centralized remote controller.
(V2835)
Troubleshooting 195
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Si34-603
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/

OFF Controller
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks
Remote Operation lamp blinks
Controller
Display
Applicable All models of indoor units

Models Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and indoor unit

Causes Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF controller
Malfunction of air conditioner
196 Troubleshooting
Si34-603 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
Troubleshooting
Is a
malfunction YES
code displayed on the Diagnose the cause with the
remote controller? air conditioner's failure
diagnosis manual.
NO
Has a
once connected
indoor unit been removed YES
Reset power supply for all
or its address optional controllers for
changed? centralized control
simultaneously.
NO
Is the
power supply for
the indoor unit displaying NO
Turn the power supply of the
a malfunction indoor unit on.
turned
on?
YES
Is
incorrectly?
NO
Is Is
transmission NO the group NO
with all indoor units No. of malfunctioning Set the group No.
malfunctioning? indoor units correctly.
set?
YES YES
Is the Replace indoor unit PC board.
transmission
wiring with the master NO
controller disconnected or Fix the wiring correctly.
wired incorrectly?
YES
Is the
master
controller's connector for YES
setting master controller Connect the connector
disconnected. correctly.
NO
Replace the central PC board.
(V2841)
Troubleshooting 197

(Repeats Single Blink)
Remote “under host computer integrated control” (Repeats single blink)
Controller
Display
Applicable Unified ON/OFF controller

Models Central controller, Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Address duplication of central remote controller

Causes Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
Connection of more than one master controller
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
198 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Has a once
connected optional
controller for centralized YES
control been disconnected Reset power supply
or itsaddress simultaneously for all optional
control.
NO
Is the
power supply
turned on for all NO
optional controllers for Turn on power supply for
centralized all optional controllers for
control? centralized control.
YES
Is the
reset switch
of all optional controllers NO
for centralized Set reset switch to
control set to "normal."
"normal"?
YES
Is
incorrectly?
NO
Is Is the
a central remote central remote YES
YES controller or schedule
controller or schedule timer Refer to failure diagnosis for
connected? timer displaying a central remote controller or
malfunction? schedule timer.
NO
NO
Is the setting
Are of the unified
two or more unified YES ON / OFF controller's NO
ON / OFF controllers switch for setting Correct the setting of the
connected? each address unified ON / OFF controller's
duplicated? switch for setting each
NO address and reset the power
supply of the unified ON /
YES OFF controller.
2A
(V2842)
Troubleshooting 199
2A
Is the
wiring adaptor for YES
electrical appendices Cannot be used in
connected? combination with a wiring
adaptor for electrical
NO appendices. Remove the
wiring adaptor for electrical
appendices and reset the
Is a schedule timer YES Is a data station YES
Schedule timer and data
connected? connected? station cannot be used in
NO NO either the schedule timer or
data station and reset the
YES
Is a parallel interface Schedule timer and parallel
connected? interface cannot be used in
NO either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset the
Is the controllers for centralized
schedule timer's control simultaneously.
YES
individual/combined Disconnect the schedule
connector timer's individual / combined
connected? connector and reset the power
supply for all optional
NO controllers for centralized
Are
there two or
more optional
controllers for centralized YES
control connected with the Arrange so that the connector
connector for setting for setting master control is
master connected to one controller for
control? centralized control and reset
the power supply for all
NO optional controllers for
centralized control
Reset the power supply simultaneously.
for all optional controllers
for centralized control
simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:

Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
the master controller, connect
to another optional controller
for centralized control and
simultaneously reset all
optional controllers for
centralized control again. The
controller connected by the
connector for setting master
control when the malfunction
is cleared is defective and
must be replaced.
(V2843)
200 Troubleshooting

(Repeats Double Blink)
Remote “under host computer integrated control” (Repeats double blink)
Controller
Display
Applicable Unified ON/OFF controller

Models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
Causes Improper address setting
Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Is the central
control address (group No.) NO Set by remote controller the
set for the central control address for all
indoor unit? indoor units connected to the
central control line.
YES
Is the switch NO
for setting each address Set the switch for setting each
set correctly? address correctly and
simultaneously reset the power
YES supply for all optional controllers
Is
the transmission YES
wiring disconnected or Fix the wiring correctly.
wired incorrectly?
NO
Replace the PC board of the
unified ON/OFF controller.
(V2844)
Troubleshooting 201
[CHECK 1] Check for causes of rise in high pressure

Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Stop valve closed ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.

Local High pipe
pressure Bent or crashed pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
rise resistance
Clogging of foreign ←Is there any temperature difference caused before
particles and after the filter or branch pipe.
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic Faulty outdoor ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve coil
expansion valve is throttled: unit electronic
(See *1.) expansion valve
Faulty valve body
A temperature difference in excess of 10°C
Rise in high between the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
pressure Faulty high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty
control ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Faulty control PCB
Faulty high corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
pressure Faulty valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation
control Faulty indoor
unit electronic normal?
expansion valve Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?

[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic Faulty Faulty indoor unit ←In the connector properly connected?
control liquid pipe thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
expansion valve excessively
throttled: ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
(See *2.) Faulty control PCB Checker corresponding to the measurement of the
pressure sensor?
[In cooling] ←Is the suction air temperature not more than
High suction air Short circuit
46°C?
temperature
High suction of outdoor unit High ambient temperature ←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 46°C?
air
temperature
of the High suction Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C?
condenser air temperature
of indoor unit High ambient temperature ←Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C?
←Is the connector properly connected?
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16?CWB?
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Degradation Dirty condenser
in condensing ←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
capacity
Mixing of non-condensable gas ←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Faulty fan ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Decreased motor Are the motor coil resistance and
fan insulation normal?
Decreased output Faulty control
fan airflow PC board ←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the
rate (Including
capacity setting) capacity setting properly made?
High air Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?

passage
resistance
Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
Excessive refrigerant charging ←Refer to page 156.

←Is the indoor unit too small compared to
Improper model selection [In heating] the large-sized outdoor unit?
*1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is fully open.
*2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”.
(For details, refer to “Electronic Expansion Valve Control” on page 72.)
C: SDK04009
202 Troubleshooting
[CHECK 2] Check for causes of drop in low pressure

Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
[In cooling]
(See *1.) Faulty Faulty low pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty low compressor ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
capacity Faulty control PCB
pressure corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
control control
Faulty low pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty low
pressure ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
protection Faulty hot gas solenoid valve
[In both cooling control
and heating] ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Faulty control PCB
(See *2.) corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Abnormally low Faulty indoor
low-pressure [In cooling] unit electronic Faulty valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
(Low evaporating If the indoor unit expansion valve
temperature) electronic Faulty valve body
expansion valve is
throttled too much: Faulty gas pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
(See *3.) thermistor of indoor unit
Faulty
control
Faulty electronic Faulty liquid pipe thermistor ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
expansion valve of indoor unit
control ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Faulty control PCB corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation
unit electronic normal?
expansion valve Faulty valve body
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit Faulty low pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
electronic
expansion valve Faulty
excessively control
Faulty suction pipe thermistor ←Check for the thermistor resistance and
throttled: connection.
(See *4.) Faulty control PCB
[In cooling]
Low suction air Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature not less than 14˚C
temperature of
indoor unit Low ambient temperature ←Is the indoor temperature not less than 14˚C
Low suction ←Is the connector properly connected?

air temperature Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
of the
evaporator Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor temperature not less than -15˚C
←Is the connector properly connected?
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
High pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Bent or crashed pipe
resistance
Clogging of foreign particles ←Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
circulation
quantity of Inadequate refrigerant quantity ←Refer to page 173.
refrigerant
Moisture choke ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty ←Is the heat exchanger clogged?
evaporator
Degradation
in condensing Faulty fan motor ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
capacity Decreased Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
fan output
Decreased Faulty control PCB ←If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
fan airflow (Including capacity setting) setting properly made?
rate High air
passage Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?
resistance
Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
*1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control” on page 50.
*2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control. For details, refer to page 61.
*3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”. (For details, refer to page 72.)
*4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is used for “superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger”.
(For details, refer to page 51.)
C: SDK04009
Troubleshooting 203
[CHECK 3] Check for Fan Motor Connector

(1) Turn the power supply off.
(2) With the fan motor connector disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then
make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table.
1 White
Measurement point Judgment
2 Orange 1-4 1MΩ or more
2-4 100kΩ or more
3 Brown
3-4 100Ω or more
GND 4-7 100kΩ or more
4 Blue
7 Red
204 Troubleshooting
Si34-603
Part 8
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................206
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................206
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................207
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................210
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................210
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................212
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................213
3. Option List ...........................................................................................226
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................226
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................228
4. Example of Connection .......................................................................229
5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................231
6. Pressure Sensor .................................................................................233
7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........234
Appendix 205
Piping Diagrams Si34-603
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1 Outdoor Unit
RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6PVE
3D052628
206 Appendix
Si34-603 Piping Diagrams
1.2 Indoor Unit

FXCQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
Gas piping connection port

Heat exchanger
Flare connection : φ15.9 or less
(4) Attached piping : Above φ19.1
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
(1)
Filter Electronic Filter
expansion valve
DU220-602J
Code Name Code Main function

Used for gas superheated degree control while in
(1) Electronic expansion valve Y1E cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Suction air temperature
(2) thermistor R1T Used for thermostat control.

(3) Liquid pipe R2T cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
(4) Gas pipe R3T cooling operation.
(mm)
Capacity GAS Liquid
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50M(A) φ12.7 φ6.4
63 / 80 / 100 / 125M(A) φ15.9 φ9.5
Appendix 207
Piping Diagrams Si34-603
FXDQ
4D043864H
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters

(mm)
Model Gas Liquid
FXDQ20N(A), P / 25N(A), P / 32N(A), P / φ12.7 φ6.4
40N(A) / 50N(A)VE(T)
FXDQ63N(A)VE(T) φ15.9 φ9.5
208 Appendix
Si34-603 Piping Diagrams
FXUQ + BEVQ
Indoor Unit
4D037995F
Connection Unit
4D034127B
Appendix 209
Wiring Diagrams Si34-603
2. Wiring Diagrams
2.1 Outdoor Unit
2.1.1 Heat Pump
RXYMQ4 / 5 / 6PVE
3D051730D
210 Appendix
Si34-603 Wiring Diagrams
2.1.2 Cooling Only

RXMQ4 / 5 / 6PVE
3D051731C
Appendix 211
2.2 Field Wiring

RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6PVE
3D052597
212 Appendix
2.3 Indoor Unit

FXCQ20M / 25M / 32M / 63MVE
3D039556A
Appendix 213
FXCQ40M / 50M / 80M/ 125MVE
3D039557A
214 Appendix
FXFQ25M / 32M / 40M / 50M / 63M / 80M / 100M / 125MVE
3D039600A
Appendix 215
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
3D039564C
216 Appendix
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P

FXDQ20NA / 25NA / 32NA / 40NA / 50NA / 63NAVE (with Drain Pump)
3D045500C
Appendix 217
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P

FXDQ20N / 25N / 32N / 40N / 50N / 63NAVET (without Drain Pump)
3D049604A
218 Appendix
FXSQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M / 63M / 80M / 100M / 125MVE
3D039561A
Appendix 219
FXMQ40MA / 50MA / 63MA / 80MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
3D039620B
220 Appendix
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
3D039801D
Appendix 221
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MAVE / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
3D034206C
222 Appendix
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE

FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
3D039826D
Appendix 223
FXUQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAV1
3D044973A
224 Appendix
BEVQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
3D044901B
Appendix 225
Option List Si34-603
3. Option List
3.1 Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories
Type FXDQ-N(A) FXLQ-MA
No. FXCQ-M FXFQ-M FXKQ-MA FXUQ-MA FXSQ-M FXMQ-MA FXHQ-MA FXAQ-MA
Item FXDQ-P FXNQ-MA
Remote Wireless BRC7C62 BRC7E61W BRC4C61 BRC4C62 BRC7C528W BRC4C62 BRC7E63W BRC7E618 BRC4C62
1 controller Wired BRC1C62
2 Wired remote controller
with weekly schedule timer BRC1D61
Simplified remote Note 8 Note 8 Note 8
3 — — —
controller BRC2C51 BRC2C51 BRC2C51
Remote controller for
4 — BRC3A61 — BRC3A61 — BRC3A61
hotel use
5 Adaptor for wiring KRP1B61 KRP1B59 KRP1B61 KRP1B56 — KRP1B61 KRP1C-3 — KRP1B61
Wiring adaptor for
6-1 KRP2A61 KRP2A62 KRP2A61 KRP2A53 KRP2A62 KRP2A61 KRP2A62 KRP2A61 KRP2A61
electrical appendices (1)
Wiring adaptor for
6-2 KRP4A51 KRP4A53 KRP4A51 KRP4A54 KRP4A53 KRP4A51 KRP4A52 KRP4A51 KRP4A51
electrical appendices (2)
7 Remote sensor KRCS01-1 — KRCS01-1
Installation box for Note 2, 3 Note 2, 3 Note 4, 6 Note 5 Note 3 Note 2, 3
8 — KRP1B97 — —
adaptor PC board KRP1B96 KRP1D98 KRP1B101 KRP4A91 KRP1C93 KRP4A93
9 Central remote controller DCS302CA61
Electrical box with earth
9-1 KJB311A
terminal (3 blocks)
10 Unified on/off controller DCS301BA61
Electrical box with earth
10-1 KJB212A
terminal (2 blocks)
Noise filter (for
10-2 electromagnetic interface KEK26-1
use only)
11 Schedule timer DST301B(A)61
External control adaptor
12 for outdoor unit (Must be DTA104A6 DTA104A61 — DTA104A61 DTA104A61
installed on indoor units) DTA104A61 2 DTA104A53 DTA104A62 DTA104A61
13
Interface adaptor for — — — — Note 7 — — — —
SkyAir-series DTA102A52
Note:
1. Installation box (No.8) is necessary for each adaptor marked .
2. Up to 2 adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed for each indoor unit.
4. Up to 2 installation boxes can be installed for each indoor unit.
5. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for second adaptor.
6. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for each adaptor.
7. This adaptor is required when connecting with optional controller for centralized control.
8. BRC2A51 is also available.
Various PC Boards
No. Part name Model No. Function
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
1 Adaptor for wiring KRP1B59 PC board when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
2 DIII-NET Expander Adaptor DTA109A51 Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1000m, total wiring length: 2000m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adaptor.
System Configuration
Up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units)can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
1 Central remote controller DCS302CA61 setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to “2” controllers in one system.
Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or
2 Unified ON/OFF controller DCS301BA61 simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in
combination with up to 8 controllers.
3 Schedule timer DST301BA61 Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
Unification adaptor for computerized
4 DCS302A52 Interface between the central monitoring board and central control units
control
5 Interface adaptor for SkyAir-series DTA102A52 Adaptors required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the high-
6 Central control adaptor kit DTA107A55 speed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adaptor must be installed on
7 Wiring adaptor for other air-conditioner DTA103A51 the product unit to be controlled.
DIII-NET Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
8 Expander adaptor DTA109A51 Wiring restrictions (max. length : 1,000m, total wiring length : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16) apply to each adaptor.
9 Mounting plate KRP4A92 Fixing plate for DTA109A51
Note:
Installation box for adaptor must be procured on site.
226 Appendix
Si34-603 Option List
Building management system

intelligent • Air-Conditioning management system that can be controlled by a
1 basic Hardware Touch DCS601C51
compact all-in-one unit.
intelligent Touch
Controller
Controller
DIII-NET
1-1 Hardware plus DCS601A52 • Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.
adaptor
Option
1-2 P.P.D. DCS002C51 • P.P.D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Software • Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
1-3 Web DCS004A51
and Web browser application on a PC.
1-4 Electrical box with earth terminal (4blocks) KJB411A • Wall embedded switch box.
128 units DAM602B52
256 units DAM602B51
Manager III
Number of units to be DAM602B51x2 Air conditioner management system (featuring minimized engineering)
intelligent
2 512 units
connected that can be controlled by personal computers.
768 units DAM602B51x3
1024 units DAM602B51x4
P.P.D. DAM002A51 • P.P.D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
2-1 Option Software
ECO. DAM003A51 Software for energy-saving control.
2-2 Optional DIII Ai unit DAM101A51 Analog input for "sliding temperature" function (to reduce cold shock) for
intelligent Manager EC021.
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
2 Interface for use in BACnet® Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through BACnet®
Communication
3 DMS502A51
communications.
Line
3-1 Optional DIII board DAM411A1 Expansion kit, installed on DMS502A51, to provide 3 more DIII-NET
communication ports. Not usable independently.
Expansion kit, installed on DMS502A51, to provide 16 more wattmeter
3-2 Optional Di board DAM412A1 pulse input points. Not usable independently.
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
4 3 Interface for use in LONWORKS DMS504B51 Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
LONWORKS communication.
Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of malfunction; can be used
5 Basic unit DPF201A51
in combination with up to 4 units.
interface
Parallel
Temperature
6 DPF201A52 Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 0-5VDC.
Contact/Analog signal
measurement units
7 Temperature setting units DPF201A53 Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
8 Unification adaptor for computerized DCS302A52 Interface between the central monitoring board and central control units
control
Wiring adaptor for electrical Simultaneously controls air-conditioning control computer and up to 64 groups of
9-1 KRP2A53, 61, 62
appendices (1) indoor units.
Wiring adaptor for electrical To control the group of indoor units collectively, which are connected by the
9-2 appendices (2) KRP4A51-54 transmission wiring of remote controller.
External control adaptor for outdoor DTA104A53, 61, Cooling/Heating mode change over. Demand control and Low noise control are
13 unit (Must be installed on indoor units.) 62 available between the plural outdoor units.
Notes:
1. PPD does not support Connection Unit Series.
2. BACnet® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
3. LONWORKS is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
Please refer to Option Handbook etc. for detail.
Appendix 227
Option List Si34-603
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit

RX(Y)MQ4 / 5 / 6P
RXYMQ4PVE, RXMQ4PVE
Optional accessories RXYMQ5PVE, RXMQ5PVE
RXYMQ6PVE, RXMQ6PVE
Cool/Heat Selector KRC19-26A
Fixing box KJB111A
KHRP26M22H, KHRP26M33H
Distributive
Refnet header
(MAX. 4 branch) (MAX. 8 branch)
Piping
Refnet joint KHRP26M22T
Central drain plug KKPJ5F180

Fixture for preventing overturning KPT-60B160
Wire fixture for preventing overturning K-KYZP15C
C: 3D045727B
228 Appendix
Si34-603 Example of Connection
4. Example of Connection
Example of connection Branch with refnet joint Branch with refnet joint and refnet header Branch with refnet header
(Connection of 8 indoor units
Outdoor unit REFNET joint (A-G) Outdoor unit REFNET joint (A • B) Outdoor unit Refnet header
Heat pump system)
i
a a
A B
a b c d e f g k
b j
A B C D E F G
H1
P H1 Refnet header 7 8 H1
h i j k l m n H2 g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 H2 c d e f g h b c d e f h i
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 H2
8
8
Indoor units (1-8) Indoor units (1-8) Indoor units (1-8)
Pipe length between outdoor and indoor units ≤ 150m
Actual pipe length
Maximum Example unit 8: a + b + c + d + e + f + g + p ≤ 150m Example unit 6: a + b + h ≤ 120m, unit 8: a + i + k ≤ 150m Example unit 8: a + i ≤ 150m
allowable Between outdoor and indoor units Equivalent length Equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor units ≤ 175m (assume equivalent pipe length of refnet joint to be 0.5m, that of refnet header to be 1m, calculation purposes)
length
Total extension length Total piping length from outdoor unit to all indoor units ≥10m, ≤ 300m
Allowable Between outdoor and indoor units Difference in height Difference in height between outdoor and indoor units (H1) ≤ 50m (Max 40m if the outdoor unit is below)
height
length Between indoor and indoor units Difference in height Difference in height between adjacent indoor units (H2) ≤ 15m
Pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (either refnet joint or refnet header ) to indoor unit ≤ 40m
Allowable length after the branch Actual pipe length
Example unit 8: b + c + d + e + f + g + p ≤ 40m Example unit 6: b + h ≤ 40m, unit 8:i + k ≤ 40m Example unit 8: i ≤ 40m
Refrigerant branch kit selection Use refnet joint from the following table. How to select the refnet header
Refrigerant branch kits can only be Outdoor unit capacity type Refrigerant branch kit name • Choose from the following table below the REFNET header according
used with R-410A. to the number of units on the system.
RX(Y)MQ4,5, 6 type KHRP26M22T
Outdoor unit capacity type Refrigerant branch kit name
KHRP26M22H (Max. 4 branch)
RX(Y)MQ4, 5, 6 type
KHRP26M33H (Max. 8 branch)
Pipe size selection Piping between outdoor unit and refrigerant branch kit Piping between refrigerant branch kits Between refrigerant branch kit and indoor unit
〈Caution on selecting connection pipes〉 • Match to the size of the connection piping on the outdoor unit. • Use the pipe size from the following table. • Pipe size for direct connection to indoor unit must be the
• When the equivalent piping length between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit is same as the connection size of indoor unit.
90 m or more, make sure to use a thicker pipe as the main pipe on the gas side. Outdoor unit connection pipe size (Unit: mm) Connection pipe size (Unit: mm) Indoor unit connection pipe size (Unit: mm)
When the air-conditioning ability is reduced due to the refrigerant piping distance,
a thicker pipe may be used also as the main pipe. Piping size Piping size (outer diameter × minimum thickness) Piping size
Outdoor unit (outer diameter × minimum thickness) Indoor unit (outer diameter × minimum thickness)
capacity type capacity type
[Gas side] Gas pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Liquid pipe
RXYMQ4,5 type φ15.9 → φ 19.1 φ 15.9 × 1.0 φ 15.9 × 1.0 φ 9.5 × 0.8
RX(Y)MQ4,5 20 · 25 · 32 · φ 12.7 × 0.8 φ 6.4 × 0.8
RXYMQ6 type φ19.1 → φ 22.2
type φ 19.1 × 1.0 * 40 · 50 type
The first refrigerant φ 9.5 × 0.8
RX(Y)MQ6 φ 19.1 × 1.0 63 · 80 · 100 ·
branching kit φ 15.9 × 1.0 φ 9.5 × 0.8
type φ 22.2 × 1.0 * 125 type
Main pipe
Outdoor unit * When the size is larger
Enlarge
Indoor unit
Caution) In brazing connection in the size increase area in the piping, use a different-
diameter joint for connection. (The different-diameter joint should be arranged
in the local field.)
The connection area is located near the outdoor unit (usually after the first
bending outside the unit).
How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged Example for refrigerant branch using refnet joint and refnet header
Additional refrigerant to be charged R (Kg)  Total length (m)  Total length (m)
R=  of liquid piping  ×0.054 +  of liquid piping  ×0.022 The piping a: 9.5 × 30m d: 9.5 × 13m g: 16.4 × 10m j : 16.4 × 10m
R should be rounded off in units of 0.1Kg.  size at φ9.5   size at φ6.4  lengths are as b: 9.5 × 10m e: 6.4 × 10m h: 16.4 × 20m k: 16.4 × 19m
at right c: 09.5 × 10m f : 6.4 × 10m i : 9.5 × 10m
R= 73 0.054 + 69 0.022 = 5.46
a+b+c+d+i e+f+g+h+j+k 5.5
Appendix 229
Example of Connection Si34-603
230 Appendix
Si34-603 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature

Characteristics
Indoor unit For air suction R1T
For liquid pipe R2T
For gas pipe R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air R1T

Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T
For suction pipe 1 R3T
For heat exchanger R4T
For suction pipe 2 R5T
For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet R6T
For Liquid pipe R7T
(kΩ)
TºC 0.0 T°C 0.0 0.5 T°C 0.0 0.5
-10 - -20 197.81 192.08 30 16.10 15.76
-8 - -19 186.53 181.16 31 15.43 15.10
-6 88.0 -18 175.97 170.94 32 14.79 14.48
-4 79.1 -17 166.07 161.36 33 14.18 13.88
-2 71.1
-16 156.80 152.38 34 13.59 13.31
0 64.1 -15 148.10 143.96 35 13.04 12.77
2 57.8 -14 139.94 136.05 36 12.51 12.25
4 52.3
6 47.3 -13 132.28 128.63 37 12.01 11.76
8 42.9 -12 125.09 121.66 38 11.52 11.29
-11 118.34 115.12 39 11.06 10.84
10 38.9
12 35.3 -10 111.99 108.96 40 10.63 10.41
14 32.1 -9 106.03 103.18 41 10.21 10.00
16 29.2 -8 100.41 97.73 42 9.81 9.61
18 26.6 -7 95.14 92.61 43 9.42 9.24
20 24.3 -6 90.17 87.79 44 9.06 8.88
22 22.2 -5 85.49 83.25 45 8.71 8.54
24 20.3 -4 81.08 78.97 46 8.37 8.21
26 18.5 -3 76.93 74.94 47 8.05 7.90
28 17.0
-2 73.01 71.14 48 7.75 7.60
30 15.6 -1 69.32 67.56 49 7.46 7.31
32 14.2
0 65.84 64.17 50 7.18 7.04
34 13.1
36 12.0 1 62.54 60.96 51 6.91 6.78
38 11.1 2 59.43 57.94 52 6.65 6.53
40 10.3 3 56.49 55.08 53 6.41 6.53
42 9.5 4 53.71 52.38 54 6.65 6.53
44 8.8 5 51.09 49.83 55 6.41 6.53
46 8.2 6 48.61 47.42 56 6.18 6.06
48 7.6 7 46.26 45.14 57 5.95 5.84
50 7.0 8 44.05 42.98 58 5.74 5.43
52 6.7 9 41.95 40.94 59 5.14 5.05
54 6.0 10 39.96 39.01 60 4.96 4.87
56 5.5
58 5.2 11 38.08 37.18 61 4.79 4.70
12 36.30 35.45 62 4.62 4.54
60 4.79
13 34.62 33.81 63 4.46 4.38
62 4.46
64 4.15 14 33.02 32.25 64 4.30 4.23
66 3.87 15 31.50 30.77 65 4.16 4.08
68 3.61 16 30.06 29.37 66 4.01 3.94
70 3.37 17 28.70 28.05 67 3.88 3.81
72 3.15 18 27.41 26.78 68 3.75 3.68
74 2.94 19 26.18 25.59 69 3.62 3.56
76 2.75 20 25.01 24.45 70 3.50 3.44
78 2.51
21 23.91 23.37 71 3.38 3.32
80 2.41 22 22.85 22.35 72 3.27 3.21
82 2.26 23 21.85 21.37 73 3.16 3.11
84 2.12
24 20.90 20.45 74 3.06 3.01
86 1.99
88 1.87 25 20.00 19.56 75 2.96 2.91
26 19.14 18.73 76 2.86 2.82
90 1.76
92 1.65 27 18.32 17.93 77 2.77 2.72
94 1.55 28 17.54 17.17 78 2.68 2.64
96 1.46 29 16.80 16.45 79 2.60 2.55
98 1.38 30 16.10 15.76 80 2.51 2.47
Appendix 231
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics Si34-603
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R2T)
(kΩ)
T°C 0.0 0.5 T°C 0.0 0.5 T°C 0.0 0.5
0 640.44 624.65 50 72.32 70.96 100 13.35 13.15
1 609.31 594.43 51 69.64 68.34 101 12.95 12.76
2 579.96 565.78 52 67.06 65.82 102 12.57 12.38
3 552.00 538.63 53 64.60 63.41 103 12.20 12.01
4 525.63 512.97 54 62.24 61.09 104 11.84 11.66
5 500.66 488.67 55 59.97 58.87 105 11.49 11.32
6 477.01 465.65 56 57.80 56.75 106 11.15 10.99
7 454.60 443.84 57 55.72 54.70 107 10.83 10.67
8 433.37 423.17 58 53.72 52.84 108 10.52 10.36
9 413.24 403.57 59 51.98 50.96 109 10.21 10.06
10 394.16 384.98 60 49.96 49.06 110 9.92 9.78
11 376.05 367.35 61 48.19 47.33 111 9.64 9.50
12 358.88 350.62 62 46.49 45.67 112 9.36 9.23
13 342.58 334.74 63 44.86 44.07 113 9.10 8.97
14 327.10 319.66 64 43.30 42.54 114 8.84 8.71
15 312.41 305.33 65 41.79 41.06 115 8.59 8.47
16 298.45 291.73 66 40.35 39.65 116 8.35 8.23
17 285.18 278.80 67 38.96 38.29 117 8.12 8.01
18 272.58 266.51 68 37.63 36.98 118 7.89 7.78
19 260.60 254.72 69 36.34 35.72 119 7.68 7.57
20 249.00 243.61 70 35.11 34.51 120 7.47 7.36
21 238.36 233.14 71 33.92 33.35 121 7.26 7.16
22 228.05 223.08 72 32.78 32.23 122 7.06 6.97
23 218.24 213.51 73 31.69 31.15 123 6.87 6.78
24 208.90 204.39 74 30.63 30.12 124 6.69 6.59
25 200.00 195.71 75 29.61 29.12 125 6.51 6.42
26 191.53 187.44 76 28.64 28.16 126 6.33 6.25
27 183.46 179.57 77 27.69 27.24 127 6.16 6.08
28 175.77 172.06 78 26.79 26.35 128 6.00 5.92
29 168.44 164.90 79 25.91 25.49 129 5.84 5.76
30 161.45 158.08 80 25.07 24.66 130 5.69 5.61
31 154.79 151.57 81 24.26 23.87 131 5.54 5.46
32 148.43 145.37 82 23.48 23.10 132 5.39 5.32
33 142.37 139.44 83 22.73 22.36 133 5.25 5.18
34 136.59 133.79 84 22.01 21.65 134 5.12 5.05
35 131.06 128.39 85 21.31 20.97 135 4.98 4.92
36 125.79 123.24 86 20.63 20.31 136 4.86 4.79
37 120.76 118.32 87 19.98 19.67 137 4.73 4.67
38 115.95 113.62 88 19.36 19.05 138 4.61 4.55
39 111.35 109.13 89 18.75 18.46 139 4.49 4.44
40 106.96 104.84 90 18.17 17.89 140 4.38 4.32
41 102.76 100.73 91 17.61 17.34 141 4.27 4.22
42 98.75 96.81 92 17.07 16.80 142 4.16 4.11
43 94.92 93.06 93 16.54 16.29 143 4.06 4.01
44 91.25 89.47 94 16.04 15.79 144 3.96 3.91
45 87.74 86.04 95 15.55 15.31 145 3.86 3.81
46 84.38 82.75 96 15.08 14.85 146 3.76 3.72
47 81.16 79.61 97 14.62 14.40 147 3.67 3.62
48 78.09 76.60 98 14.18 13.97 148 3.58 3.54
49 75.14 73.71 99 13.76 13.55 149 3.49 3.45
50 72.32 70.96 100 13.35 13.15 150 3.41 3.37
232 Appendix
Si34-603 Pressure Sensor
6. Pressure Sensor
PH = 1.38V-0.69 PH : Detected Pressure [High Side] MPa
PL = 0.57V-0.28 PL : Detected Pressure [Low Side] MPa
Detected Pressure PH : High pressure (MPa) VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC
VL : Low pressure (MPa) VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
V : Voltage (V)
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
Output Voltage (VH, VL)

(V3053)
Appendix 233
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Si34-603
7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power

Transistors Modules
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board
Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple
tester.
<Items to be prepared>
1 Multiple tester : Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function.
<Preparation>
1 Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
1 To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PC board
234 Appendix
Si34-603 Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
Power module checking

When using the digital type of multiple tester, make measurement in diode check mode.
Tester terminal Criterion Remark

+ -
C+ U Not less than 0.3V It may take time to
(including ∞)* determine the voltage
V due to capacitor
W charge or else.
U C- Not less than 0.3V
(including ∞)*
V
W
U C+ 0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
V
W
C- U 0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
V
W
*There needs to be none of each value variation.
The following abnormalities are also doubted besides the PC board abnormality.
1 Faulty compressor (ground fault, ground leakage)
1 Faulty fan motor (ground leakage)
Appendix 235
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Si34-603
236 Appendix
Si34-603
Part 9
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................238
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................238
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................240
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................241
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 237

Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Si34-603
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)

1.1 Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants) HCFC units

Refrigerant name R-407C R-410A R-22
Composing Non-azeotropic mixture Quasi-azeotropic mixture Single-component

substances of HFC32, HFC125 and of HFC32 and JFC125 refrigerant
HFC134a (*1) (*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure) 4.0 MPa (gauge pressure) 2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
Design pressure
= 32.6 kgf/cm2 = 40.8 kgf/cm2 = 28.0 kgf/cm2
Refrigerant oil Synthetic oil (Ether) Mineral oil (Suniso)
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP) 0 0 0.05
Combustibility None None None

Toxicity None None None
1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa 10.19716 kgf / cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
238 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)

Si34-603 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
Temperature Steam pressure Density Specific heat at constant Specific enthalpy Specific entropy
( ) (kPa) (kg/m3 ) pressure (kJ/kgK) (kJ/kg) (kJ/KgK)
Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor

1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders

Cylinder specifications
2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Cylinder
Siphon tube
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since

it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels

Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug
melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates).

1.3 Service Tools

R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
Tool compatibility
Compatibility
Tool HFC HCFC Reasons for change
R-410A R-407C R-22
2Do not use the same tools for R-22
Gauge manifold and R-410A.
Charge hose ✕ 2Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
Charging cylinder ✕ { 2Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
Gas detector { ✕ 2The same tool can be used for HFCs.
Vacuum pump 2To use existing pump for HFCs,
(pump with reverse flow { vacuum pump adaptor must be
preventive function) installed.
Weighting instrument {
2Seal material is different between
Charge mouthpiece ✕ R-22 and HFCs.
2Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
Flaring tool (Clutch type) { 2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
Torque wrench { 2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
Pipe cutter {
Pipe expander {
Pipe bender {
Pipe assembling oil ✕ 2Due to refrigerating machine oil
change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
Refrigerant recovery
device Check your recovery device.
Refrigerant piping See the chart below. 2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
Copper tube material and thickness

Ve-up Ve-upII
R-407C R-410A
Pipe size Thickness Thickness
Material Material
t (mm) t (mm)
φ6.4 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ9.5 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ12.7 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ15.9 O 1.0 O 1.0
φ19.1 O 1.0 1/2H 1.0
φ22.2 1/2H 1.0 1/2H 1.0
φ25.4 1/2H 1.0 1/2H 1.0
φ28.6 1/2H 1.0 1/2H 1.0
φ31.8 1/2H 1.2 1/2H 1.1
φ38.1 1/2H 1.4 1/2H 1.4
φ44.5 1/2H 1.6 1/2H 1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)

1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
Specifications
2 Dimension A
Unit:mm
Tube O.D. A +0−0.4
Nominal size
Do Class-2 (R-410A) Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4 6.35 9.1 9.0
3/8 9.52 13.2 13.0
1/2 12.70 16.6 16.2
5/8 15.88 19.7 19.4
3/4 19.05 24.0 23.3
Differences
2 Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.

2. Torque wrench
Specifications
2 Dimension B Unit:mm
Nominal size Class-1 Class-2 Previous
1/2 24 26 24
5/8 27 29 27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
Differences
2 Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adapter

Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adapter
Specifications
2 Discharge speed z Maximum degree of vacuum
50 l/min (50Hz) Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
60 l/min (60Hz) the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare) –100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter
Differences
2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter.

4. Leak tester
Specifications
2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
2 Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
Differences
2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
Specifications
2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
Differences
2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
Specifications
2 High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
2 Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination

2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
Differences
2 Change in pressure
2 Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
Specifications
2 Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
2 Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
2 Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
Differences
2 Pressure proof hose
2 Change in service port diameter
2 Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
Specifications
2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
Differences
2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.

9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
Specifications
2 High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
Differences
2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10.Charge mouthpiece
Specifications
2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
Differences
2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.

Si34-603
Index
A Electrical and Functional Parts
A0 .........................................................................130 Outdoor Unit ................................................... 36
A1 .........................................................................131 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control .................. 51
A3 .........................................................................132 Error of External Protection Device ..................... 130
A6 .........................................................................134 Excessive Number of Indoor Units ...................... 184
A7 .........................................................................135
A9 .........................................................................137 F
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............155 F3 ........................................................................ 155
About Refrigerant R-410A ....................................238 F6 ........................................................................ 156
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................147 Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 134
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................149 Field Setting .......................................................... 79
Address Duplication of Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ............................. 92
Central Remote Controller ............................185 Field Setting from Remote Controller .................... 79
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................195 Filter Sign Setting .................................................. 84
AF .........................................................................139 Freeze Prevention ................................................. 70
AJ .........................................................................140 Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 46
Applicable Range of Field Setting ..........................83
Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset .................85 H
H9 ........................................................................ 157
C Heating Operation Prohibition ............................... 64
C4 .........................................................................141 High Pressure Protection Control .......................... 60
C5 .........................................................................142 High Voltage of Capacitor in
C9 .........................................................................143 Main Inverter Circuit ..................................... 171
CA ........................................................................144
Centralized Control Group No. Setting ...................88 I
Check for causes of drop in low pressure ............203 Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Check for causes of rise in high pressure ............202 Centralized Control ...................................... 193
Check Operation ....................................................75 Inverter Compressor Abnormal ........................... 167
Check Operation not Executed ............................177 Inverter Current Abnormal ................................... 168
CJ .........................................................................145 Inverter Protection Control .................................... 63
Compressor Motor Lock .......................................151 Inverter Start up Error ......................................... 169
Compressor PI Control ...........................................50
Contents of Control Modes ....................................90 J
Cool / Heat Mode Switching .................................101 J3 ........................................................................ 158
Cooling Operation Fan Control ..............................52 J5 ........................................................................ 159
J6 ........................................................................ 160
D J7 ........................................................................ 161
Defrosting Operation ..............................................56 J9 ........................................................................ 162
Demand Operation .................................................64 JA ........................................................................ 163
Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................84 JC ........................................................................ 164
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................62
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” L
Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ......................201 L1 ........................................................................ 165
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” L4 ........................................................................ 166
Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) ........................198 L5 ........................................................................ 167
Drain Level above Limit ........................................139 L8 ........................................................................ 168
Drain Pump Control ................................................65 L9 ........................................................................ 169
LC ........................................................................ 170
E Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............. 67
E1 .........................................................................146 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
E3 .........................................................................147 Electronic Expansion Valve Failure .............. 173
E4 .........................................................................149 Low Pressure Protection Control .......................... 61
E5 .........................................................................151
E7 .........................................................................152 M
E9 .........................................................................153 M1 ....................................................................... 191
M8 ....................................................................... 192
MA ....................................................................... 193
Index i
Si34-603
Malfunction code indication by Operation Mode .................................................... 48

outdoor unit PC board ...................................126 Operation when Power is Turned On .................... 77
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ....140 Option List ........................................................... 226
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) .158 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ............................. 78
Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H) 132 Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe ..... 232
Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor ...................163
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin P
Temperature Rise .........................................166 P1 ........................................................................ 171
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin P4 ........................................................................ 172
Temperature Rise Sensor .............................172 PC Board Defect ................................. 131, 146, 191
Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................164 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Failure .......................................................... 175
Valve (20E) ...................................................137 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .......... 238
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Pressure Sensor ................................................. 233
Valve (Y1E, Y3E) ..........................................153 Protection Control ................................................. 60
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................152 Pump-down Residual Operation ........................... 57
Malfunction of PC Board ......................................165
Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas R
Pipe Thermistor (R6T) ..................................162 Refrigerant Circuit ................................................. 44
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (MA) .................135 Refrigerant Cylinders .......................................... 240
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Refrigerant Overcharged ..................................... 156
Address Undefined .......................................189 Restart Standby .................................................... 58
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ...143
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat S
Exchanger .....................................................141 Service Tools ...................................................... 241
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ....142 Setting by Dip Switches ........................................ 92
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Setting by pushbutton switches ............................. 94
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ...........................................159 Setting Contents and Code No. ............................ 82
Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger .......................160 Operation ..................................................... 103
Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging
Liquid Pipe ....................................................161 Operation ..................................................... 107
Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air .........144 Special Control ...................................................... 53
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Specifications .......................................................... 6
Controller ......................................................145 Startup Control ...................................................... 53
Malfunction of Transmission between Central Stopping Operation ............................................... 59
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ...............186 Swing Flaps ........................................................... 71
Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Symptom-based Troubleshooting ....................... 113
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ...............190 System is not Set yet .......................................... 188
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ...............182 T
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units Test Operation
and Outdoor Units .........................................178 Procedure and Outline .................................... 74
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Thermistor Resistance /
Control PC Board ..........................................170 Temperature Characteristics ........................ 231
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller .............. 68
Sub Remote Controllers ................................181
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional U
Controllers for Centralized Control ................192 U0 ........................................................................ 173
Malfunction of Transmission between Remote U2 ........................................................................ 175
Controller and Indoor Unit .............................180 U3 ........................................................................ 177
MC ........................................................................195 U4 ........................................................................ 178
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power U5 ........................................................................ 180
Transistors Modules ......................................234 U8 ........................................................................ 181
U9 ........................................................................ 182
N UA ....................................................................... 184
Normal Operation ...................................................49 UC ....................................................................... 185
UE ............................................................... 186, 190
O UF ....................................................................... 188
Oil Return Operation ..............................................54 UH ....................................................................... 189
Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................196
ii Index
Si34-603
Drawings & Flow Charts

A I
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............155 Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................147 Centralized Control ...................................... 193
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................149 Inverter Compressor Abnormal ........................... 167
Address Duplication of Central Remote Inverter Current Abnormal ................................... 168
Controller ......................................................185 Inverter Protection Control .................................... 63
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................195 Inverter Start up Error ......................................... 169
C L
Centralized Control Group No. Setting ...................88 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............. 67
BRC1C Type ...................................................88 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
BRC4C Type ...................................................89 Electronic Expansion Valve Failure ............. 173
BRC7C Type ...................................................89 Low Pressure Protection Control .......................... 61
BRC7E Type ....................................................89
Group No. Setting Example .............................89 M
Check for causes of drop in low pressure ............203 Malfunction of Capacity Determination
Check for causes of rise in high pressure ............202 Device .......................................................... 140
Check for Fan Motor Connector ...........................204 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
Check Operation ....................................................75 (R2T) ............................................................ 158
Check Operation not Executed ............................177 Malfunction of Drain Level Control System
Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On ..........74 (33H) ............................................................ 132
Compressor Motor Lock .......................................151 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor .................. 163
Contents of Control Modes ....................................90 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
How to Select Operation Mode ........................91 Temperature Rise ........................................ 166
Cooling Operation Fan Control ..............................52 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ............................ 172
D Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor .................. 164
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ......................201 Expansion Valve (20E) ................................ 137
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) ........................198 Valve (Y1E, Y3E) ......................................... 153
Display of sensor and address data .....................122 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ............... 152
Drain Level above Limit .......................................139 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas
Drain Pump Control ...............................................65 Pipe Thermistor (R6T) ................................. 162
When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (MA) ................ 135
Displayed on the Remote Controller ...66 Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System
When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Address Undefined ...................................... 189
Operation ............................................66 Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Outdoor Air ................................................... 157
Cooling Thermostat is OFF ................65 Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Suction Air .................................................... 143
Cooling Thermostat is ON ..................65 Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger ........................................... 141
E Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ... 142
Error of External Protection Device ......................130 Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................184 Suction Pipe 1, 2 .......................................... 159
Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for
F Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ...................... 160
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload .........................134 Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Freeze Prevention ..................................................70 Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe .............................. 161
Functional Parts Layout .........................................46 Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air ........ 144
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote
H Controller ..................................................... 145
High Pressure Protection Control ...........................60 Malfunction of Transmission between Central
High Voltage of Capacitor in Remote Controller and Indoor Unit .............. 186
Main Inverter Circuit ......................................171 Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit .............. 190
Drawings & Flow Charts iii

Si34-603
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and BRC7C type .................................................... 80

Outdoor Units in the Same System ...............182 BRC7E type .................................................... 80
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units Wiring Diagrams .................................................. 210
and Outdoor Units .........................................178
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board ..........................................170
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
Remote Controllers .......................................181
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control ................192
Malfunction of Transmission between Remote
Controller and Indoor Unit .............................180
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power
Transistors Modules ......................................234
O
Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................196
Operation Mode .....................................................48
Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ...................................120
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ..............................78
P
PC Board Defect ................................. 131, 146, 191
Piping Diagrams ...................................................206
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous
Failure ...........................................................175
Pressure Sensor ..................................................233
R
Refrigerant Circuit ..................................................44
Refrigerant Overcharged .....................................156
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........123
Remote Controller Service Mode .........................121
S
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........117
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....118
Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand
Operation ......................................................103
Image of operation .........................................104
Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging
Operation ......................................................107
Check Operation ............................................109
Simplified Remote Controller .................................81
BRC2C51 ........................................................81
System is not Set yet ...........................................188
T
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller ...............68
Cooling ............................................................68
Heating ............................................................69
Torque wrench .....................................................243
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ................116
Turn Power On .......................................................74
W
Weigher for refrigerant charge .............................246
Wired Remote Controller ........................................79
Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit ..............80
BRC4C type .....................................................80
iv Drawings & Flow Charts

Si34 - 603
Service Manual /
R-410A RX(Y)MQ4·5·6PVE
RX(Y)MQ4·5·6PVE
R-410A
Heat Pump 50/60Hz
Si34-603
Cooling Only 50/60Hz
July
Printed in Japan 07/2006 AK

Daikin VRV3 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Daikin VRV3 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Daikin VRV3 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main sections covered in the manual?

What are the main sections covered in the manual?

What refrigerant is used in the system?

What refrigerant is used in the system?

Si34 - 603

Printed in Japan 07/2006 AK

Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1

Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 5

Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts............................ 35

Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 43

4. Protection Control .................................................................................60

Part 6 Test Operation ................................................................. 73

Part 7 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 111

3.12 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............144

4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized

Part 8 Appendix......................................................................... 205

Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 237

Drawings & Flow Charts ............................................................... iii

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

1.1.4 Using Icons

1.1.5 Using Icons List

Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.

Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

After Sales Service Division

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

FXDQ- 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —

Ceiling Mounted FXMQ — — — 40MA 50MA 63MA 80MA 100MA 125MA

Ceiling Suspended FXHQ — — 32MA — — 63MA — 100MA —

Wall Mounted FXAQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Floor Standing FXLQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Concealed Floor FXNQ 20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA — — —

Heat Pump RXYMQ 4P 5P 6P VE *2

*2 VE: 1φ, 220~230V, 50Hz, 1φ, 220V, 60Hz

Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type Concealed Floor Standing Type

Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type

FXDQ- 20P 25P 32P — — — — — —

FXDQ- 20N 25N 32N 40N 50N 63N — — —

Note:FXDQ has following 2 Series, as shown below.

Model Name RXYMQ6PVE

Cooling Only 50/60Hz <RXMQ-PVE>

Model Name RXMQ6PVE

1.2 Indoor Units

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type

Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)

Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)

Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)

Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (without Drain Pump)

Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type

Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type